US20110288540A1 - Systems and methods for tissue ablation - Google Patents
Systems and methods for tissue ablation Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20110288540A1 US20110288540A1 US13/101,009 US201113101009A US2011288540A1 US 20110288540 A1 US20110288540 A1 US 20110288540A1 US 201113101009 A US201113101009 A US 201113101009A US 2011288540 A1 US2011288540 A1 US 2011288540A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- filaments
- needle
- tip
- filament
- elongate member
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B18/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
- A61B18/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
- A61B18/14—Probes or electrodes therefor
- A61B18/1477—Needle-like probes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B18/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
- A61B18/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
- A61B18/1206—Generators therefor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B2018/00315—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for treatment of particular body parts
- A61B2018/00434—Neural system
- A61B2018/0044—Spinal cord
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B2018/00571—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for achieving a particular surgical effect
- A61B2018/00577—Ablation
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B18/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
- A61B18/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
- A61B18/1206—Generators therefor
- A61B2018/1246—Generators therefor characterised by the output polarity
- A61B2018/1253—Generators therefor characterised by the output polarity monopolar
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B18/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
- A61B18/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
- A61B18/14—Probes or electrodes therefor
- A61B2018/1405—Electrodes having a specific shape
- A61B2018/1425—Needle
- A61B2018/1427—Needle with a beveled end
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B18/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
- A61B18/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
- A61B18/14—Probes or electrodes therefor
- A61B2018/1405—Electrodes having a specific shape
- A61B2018/1425—Needle
- A61B2018/143—Needle multiple needles
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B18/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
- A61B18/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
- A61B18/14—Probes or electrodes therefor
- A61B2018/1475—Electrodes retractable in or deployable from a housing
Definitions
- the present application generally relates to thermal ablation systems and methods, and more particularly to systems and methods for radio frequency (RF) neurotomy, such as spinal RF neurotomy.
- RF radio frequency
- Thermal ablation involves the creation of temperature changes sufficient to produce necrosis in a specific volume of tissue within a patient.
- the target volume may be, for example, a nerve or a tumor.
- a significant challenge in ablation therapy is to provide adequate treatment to the targeted tissue while sparing the surrounding structures from injury.
- RF ablation uses electrical energy transmitted into a target volume through an electrode to generate heat in the area of the electrode tip.
- the radio waves emanate from a non-insulated distal portion of the electrode tip.
- the introduced radiofrequency energy causes molecular strain, or ionic agitation, in the area surrounding the electrode as the current flows from the electrode tip to ground.
- the resulting strain causes the temperature in the area surrounding the electrode tip to rise.
- RF neurotomy uses RF energy to cauterize a target nerve to disrupt the ability of the nerve to transmit pain signals to the brain.
- This application describes example embodiments of devices and methods for tissue ablation, such as spinal radio frequency neurotomy.
- Systems include needles with deployable filaments capable of producing asymmetrical offset lesions at target volumes, which may include a target nerve. Ablation of at least a portion of the target nerve may inhibit the ability of the nerve to transmit signals, such as pain signals, to the central nervous system.
- the offset lesion may facilitate procedures by directing energy towards the target nerve and away from collateral structures.
- Example anatomical structures include lumbar, thoracic, and cervical medial branch nerves and rami and the sacroiliac joint.
- a needle comprises an elongate member having a distal end, a tip coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, and a plurality of filaments.
- the tip comprises a bevel to a point.
- the plurality of filaments is movable between a first position at least partially in the elongate member and a second position at least partially out of the elongate member.
- the plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode.
- a needle comprises an elongate member having a distal end, a tip coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, and a plurality of filaments.
- the tip comprises a bevel portion comprising a point on a side of the elongate member.
- the plurality of filaments is movable between a first position at least partially in the elongate member and a second position at least partially out of and proximate to the side of the elongate member.
- the plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode.
- a needle comprises an elongate member having a proximal end and a distal end, a tip coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, a plurality of filaments, and a filament deployment mechanism coupled to the proximal end of the elongate member.
- the tip comprises a bevel portion comprising a point.
- the plurality of filaments is movable between a first position at least partially in the elongate member and a second position at least partially out of the elongate member.
- the plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode.
- the filament deployment mechanism comprises an advancing hub, a spin collar, and a main hub.
- the advancing hub includes a stem coupled to the plurality of filaments.
- the spin collar includes a helical track.
- the stem of the advancing hub is at least partially inside the spin collar.
- the main hub comprises a stem comprising a helical thread configured to cooperate with the helical track.
- the stem of the main hub is at least partially inside the spin collar.
- the stem of the advancing hub is at least partially inside the main hub.
- a needle comprises an elongate member having a distal end, a tip coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, and a plurality of filaments.
- the tip comprises a point.
- the plurality of filaments is movable between a first position at least partially in the elongate member and a second position at least partially out of the elongate member.
- the plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode.
- a single wire comprises the plurality of filaments.
- a needle comprises an elongate member having a distal end, a tip coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, and a plurality of filaments.
- the tip comprises a bevel to a point.
- the plurality of filaments is movable between a first position at least partially in the elongate member and a second position at least partially out of the elongate member.
- the plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode.
- the tip comprises a stem at least partially in the elongate member.
- the stem includes a first filament lumen, a second filament lumen, and a third lumen.
- the bevel portion comprises a fluid port in fluid communication with the third lumen.
- a needle comprises an elongate member having a proximal end and a distal end, a tip coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, a plurality of filaments, and a rotational deployment mechanism coupled to the proximal end of the elongate member.
- the tip comprises a bevel to a point.
- the plurality of filaments is movable between a plurality of positions between at least partially in the elongate member and at least partially out of the elongate member.
- the deployment mechanism comprises indicia of fractional deployment of the plurality of filaments relative to the tip.
- the plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode.
- a needle comprises an elongate member having a distal end, a tip, and a plurality of filaments.
- the tip comprises a first body portion and a second body portion.
- the first body portion includes a tapered portion and a point.
- the tapered portion includes a plurality of filament ports.
- the second body portion is coupled to the distal end of the tip.
- the second body portion is at an angle with respect to the first body portion.
- the plurality of filaments is movable between a first position at least partially in at least one of the tip and the elongate member and a second position at least partially out of the filament ports.
- the plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode.
- a method of heating a vertebral disc comprises: positioning a distal end of a needle in a posterior annulus; deploying a filament out of the needle; traversing the posterior annulus from lateral to medial; applying radio frequency energy to the tip and to the filament; and ablating pain fibers in the posterior annulus.
- a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member, an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments, and a lumen in the elongate member.
- the tip is shaped to pierce tissue of the patient. Movement of the actuator relative to the hub moves the plurality of filaments relative to the tip.
- the lumen and the tip are configured to accept an RF probe such that an electrode of an inserted RF probe, the tip, and the first and second filaments are operable to form a single monopolar RF electrode.
- a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments.
- the actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a fully deployed position. In the fully deployed position, the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip.
- Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the fully deployed position. Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle. The average of all the points is offset from a central longitudinal axis of the elongate member.
- a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments.
- the actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a deployed position. In the deployed position, the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip.
- Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the deployed position. Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle. Each point is on a common side of a plane that contains a central longitudinal axis of the elongate member.
- a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments.
- the plurality of filaments consists of a first filament and a second filament, and the needle contains no filaments other than the first and second filaments.
- the actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a deployed position.
- the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip.
- Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the deployed position. Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle.
- a midpoint between the distal end of the first filament and the distal end of the second filament is offset from a central longitudinal axis of the needle.
- a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments.
- the plurality of filaments consists of a first filament and a second filament, and the needle contains no filaments other than the first and second filaments.
- the actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a deployed position.
- each filament In the deployed position, the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip.
- Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the deployed position.
- Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle.
- each distal end defines a vertex of a polygon.
- a centroid of the polygon is offset from a central longitudinal axis of the needle.
- a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments.
- the plurality of filaments consists of a first filament and a second filament, and the needle contains no filaments other than the first and second filaments.
- the actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a deployed position.
- each filament In the deployed position, the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip. Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the deployed position. Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle. In their respective deployed positions, each of the plurality of filaments points in an at least partially distal direction.
- a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments.
- the plurality of filaments consists of a first filament and a second filament, and the needle contains no filaments other than the first and second filaments.
- the actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a deployed position.
- the plurality of filaments In the deployed position, the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip. Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the deployed position. Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle. When the plurality of filaments are in the deployed position, portions of each filament extend outwardly away from the tip. Each portion of each filament extending outwardly away from the tip is straight.
- a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments.
- the plurality of filaments consists of a first filament and a second filament, and the needle contains no filaments other than the first and second filaments.
- the actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a deployed position.
- the plurality of filaments In the deployed position, the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip. Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the deployed position. Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle.
- the tip When the plurality of filaments is in the deployed position, the tip comprises an angle of at least 200° about the central longitudinal axis of the elongate member that is free of filaments.
- a method of performing spinal RF neurotomy in a patient comprises moving a tip of a needle to a first position proximate to a target nerve along the spine of the patient, after achieving the first position, advancing a plurality of filaments relative to the tip to a deployed position, and after the advancing step, applying RF energy to the tip and plurality of filaments, wherein said applying generates heat that ablates a portion of the target nerve.
- a method of performing lumbar RF neurotomy on a medial branch nerve in a patient comprises: moving a tip of a needle to a first position between the transverse and superior articular processes of a lumbar vertebra such that an end point of the tip is proximate to a surface of the vertebra; after achieving the first position, advancing a plurality of filaments relative to the tip to a deployed position; and after advancing the plurality of filaments, applying RF energy to the tip and the plurality of filaments. Said applying generates heat that ablates a portion of the medial branch nerve.
- a method of performing sacroiliac joint RF neurotomy in a patient comprises: a. moving a tip of a needle to a first position proximate to a sacrum of the patient; b. advancing a plurality of filaments relative to the tip to a first deployed position; c. applying RF energy to the tip and plurality of filaments, wherein the applying generates heat that ablates a first volume; d. retracting the plurality of filaments; e. with the tip in the first position, rotating the needle about a central longitudinal axis of the needle to re-orient the plurality of filaments; f re-advancing the plurality of filaments relative to the tip; and g.
- re-applying RF energy to the tip and plurality of filaments wherein the re-applying comprises ablating a second volume proximate to the tip, wherein a center of the first volume is offset from a center of the second volume.
- a method of performing thoracic RF neurotomy on a medial branch nerve in a patient comprises: moving a tip of a needle to a first position proximate a superior surface of a transverse process of a thoracic vertebra such that an end point of the tip is proximate to the superior surface; after achieving the first position, advancing a plurality of filaments relative to the tip toward a vertebra immediately superior to the thoracic vertebra to a deployed position; and after advancing the plurality of filaments, applying RF energy to the tip and the plurality of filaments, wherein said applying generates heat that ablates a portion of the medial branch nerve between the thoracic vertebra and the vertebra immediately superior to the thoracic vertebra.
- a method of performing cervical medial branch RF neurotomy on a third occipital nerve of a patient comprises: a. positioning the patient in a prone position; b. targeting a side of the C2/3 Z-joint; c. rotating the head of the patient away from the targeted side; d. locating the lateral aspect of the C2/3 Z-joint; e.
- a tip of a needle over the most lateral aspect of bone of the articular pillar at the juncture of the C2/3 z-joint to a first position contacting bone proximate to the most posterior and lateral aspect of the z-joint complex; f retracting, after step e, the tip of the needle a predetermined distance from the first position; g. extending, after step f, a plurality of filaments outwardly from the tip and towards the lateral aspect of the C2/3 z-joint such that the plurality of filaments are positioned straddling the lateral joint lucency and posterior to the C2/3 neural foramen; h.
- step g verifying, after step g, the position of the tip and filaments by imaging the tip and a surrounding volume; and i. applying, after step h, RF energy to the tip and the plurality of filaments, wherein the applying generates heat that ablates a portion of the third occipital nerve.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an RF neurotomy system being used to perform RF neurotomy on a patient.
- FIG. 2A is a perspective view of an example embodiment of a needle that may be used in an RF neurotomy procedure.
- FIG. 2B is a cut away perspective view of a portion of the needle of FIG. 2A .
- FIG. 2C is a partial cut away and partial cross-sectional view of a portion of another example embodiment of a needle that may be used in an RF neurotomy procedure.
- FIG. 2D is a perspective view of another example embodiment of a needle that may be used in an RF neurotomy procedure.
- FIG. 2E is a perspective view of an example embodiment of filaments formed from a single wire.
- FIG. 3A is a detailed view of an example embodiment of a needle tip with filaments in a fully deployed position.
- FIG. 3B is a detailed view of the needle tip of FIG. 3A with filaments in a retracted position.
- FIG. 3C is a detailed view of another example embodiment of a needle tip with filaments in a deployed position.
- FIG. 3D is a detailed view of another example embodiment of a needle tip with filaments in a fully deployed position.
- FIG. 3E is a detailed view of the needle tip of FIG. 3D with filaments in a retracted position.
- FIG. 3F is a cross-sectional view of the needle tip of FIG. 3D with filaments in a retracted position.
- FIG. 3G is a detailed view of yet another example embodiment of a needle tip with filaments in a deployed position.
- FIGS. 3H and 3I are detailed views of still other example embodiments of a needle tip with filaments in a deployed position.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an example embodiment of an RF probe assembly.
- FIG. 5 is a proximal-facing end view of an example embodiment of a needle tip.
- FIG. 6 is a side view of an example embodiment of a needle tip.
- FIG. 7 is a proximal-facing end view of another example embodiment of a needle tip.
- FIG. 8 is a proximal-facing end view of yet another example embodiment of a needle tip.
- FIG. 9 is a proximal-facing end view of still another example embodiment of a needle tip.
- FIG. 10 is a side view of another example embodiment of a needle tip.
- FIG. 11A is an illustration of an example set of isotherms that may be created with the needle of FIG. 2A .
- FIG. 11B is an illustration of an example lesion that may be created with the needle of FIG. 2A .
- FIG. 11C is an illustration of an example lesion that may be created with a single-filament needle.
- FIG. 12 is a perspective view of the needle of FIG. 2A positioned relative to a lumbar vertebra for performing RF neurotomy.
- FIG. 13 is an illustration of a sacrum including target lesion volumes for performing Sacroiliac Joint (SIJ) RF neurotomy.
- SIJ Sacroiliac Joint
- FIG. 14 is a perspective view of the needle of FIG. 2A positioned relative to a thoracic vertebra for performing RF neurotomy.
- FIG. 15 is a perspective view of the needle of FIG. 2A positioned relative to the C2/3 cervical zygapophyseal joint (z joint) for performing cervical medial branch RF neurotomy on the third occipital nerve.
- FIG. 16A is a perspective view of an example embodiment of a needle tip.
- FIG. 16B is a back elevational view of the needle tip of FIG. 16A .
- FIG. 16C is a front elevational view of the needle tip of FIG. 16A .
- FIG. 16D is a perspective view of an example embodiment of an elongate member.
- FIG. 16E is a perspective view of the needle tip of FIG. 16A and the elongate member of FIG. 16D .
- FIG. 16F is a cross-sectional view of the needle tip and elongate member of FIG. 16E along the line 16 F- 16 F of FIG. 16E and example embodiments of a filament and an RF probe.
- FIG. 16G is a cross-sectional view of another example embodiment of a needle tip and elongate member and example embodiments of a filament and an RF probe.
- FIG. 17A is an exploded view of components of the deployment mechanism of FIG. 2D .
- FIG. 17B is a cross-sectional view of components of the deployment mechanism of FIG. 2D .
- FIG. 17C is a perspective view of an example embodiment of an advancing hub and the wire of FIG. 2E .
- FIG. 17D is a cross-sectional view of an example embodiment of a spin collar.
- FIG. 17E is a cross-sectional view of an example embodiment of a main hub, taken along the line 17 E- 17 E of FIG. 17B , in exploded view with an example embodiment of an elongate member.
- FIG. 18A is an axial view of posterior oblique needle entry.
- FIG. 18B is a saggital view of posterior oblique needle entry.
- the invention is set forth in the context of apparatuses and methods for performing RF ablation. More particularly, the systems and methods may be used to perform RF neurotomy to ablate portions of target nerves. Even more particularly, the systems and methods may be used to perform spinal RF neurotomy to ablate portions of target nerves along the spine of a patient to relieve pain.
- embodiments of methods and apparatuses described herein relate to lumbar RF neurotomy to denervate a facet joint between the L4 and L5 lumbar vertebrae.
- Denervation may be achieved by application of RF energy to a portion of a medial branch nerve to ablate or cauterize a portion of the nerve, thus interrupting the ability of the nerve to transmit signals to the central nervous system.
- embodiments described herein relate to sacroiliac joint RF neurotomy.
- FIG. 1 illustrates an example embodiment of a system 100 for performing RF neurotomy on a patient 101 .
- the patient 101 may be positioned face down on a table or surface 109 to allow access along the spine of the patient 101 .
- Other patient orientations are also possible depending on the procedure.
- the table 109 may comprise radiolucent materials substantially transparent to x-rays, such as carbon fiber.
- the system 100 may include an RF generator 102 capable of generating an RF energy signal sufficient to ablate target tissue (e.g.: cause lesions in targeted volumes; cauterize targeted portions of target nerves).
- the RF generator 102 may, for example, be capable of delivering RF energy between about 1 W and about 200 W and between about 460,000 Hz and about 500,000 Hz.
- a needle 103 capable of conducting (e.g., transmitting or directing) RF energy may be interconnected to the RF generator 102 and may be used to deliver an RF energy signal to a specific site within the patient 101 .
- a return electrode pad 104 may be attached to the patient 101 to complete a circuit from the RF generator 102 , through the needle 103 , through a portion of the patient 101 , through the return electrode pad 104 , and back to the RF generator 102 .
- the needle 103 may comprise at least one supply electrode and at least one return electrode to define the circuit.
- the RF generator 102 may be operable to control the RF energy emanating from the needle 103 in a closed-loop fashion.
- the needle 103 and/or an RF probe in the needle 103 may include a temperature measurement device, such as a thermocouple, configured to measure temperature at the target tissue.
- Data may also be available from the RF generator 102 , such as power level and/or impedance, which may also be used for closed-loop control of the needle 103 .
- a parameter e.g., frequency, wattage, application duration
- FIG. 4 illustrates an example RF probe assembly 400 compatible with the needle 103 .
- the RF probe assembly 400 includes an RF probe 401 that may be inserted into a patient (e.g., through the needle 103 ) and may direct RF energy to the target tissue.
- the RF probe 401 may be in electrical communication with the needle 103 to direct RF energy to the target tissue, but is not inserted into the patient.
- the RF probe 401 may include a thermocouple operable to measure temperature at a distal end 402 of the RF probe 401 .
- the RF probe assembly 400 may include a connector 403 and a cable 404 configured to connect the RF probe 401 to an RF generator (e.g., the RF generator 102 ).
- the system 100 optionally includes an imaging system 105 capable of producing internal images of the patient 101 and the needle 103 , for example to facilitate navigation of the needle 103 during a procedure.
- the system 100 may further include a display device for displaying the generated images to a user performing the procedure.
- the imaging system 105 comprises a fluoroscope capable of generating real-time two dimensional images of the needle 103 and internal structures of the patient 101 .
- the imaging system includes an X-ray source 106 , an X-ray detector 107 , and a controller 108 in electrical communication with the X-ray source 106 and/or the X-ray detector 107 .
- the X-ray source 106 and X-ray detector 107 may be mounted on a movable structure (e.g., a C-arm), to facilitate capturing a variety of images of the patient 101 (e.g., at various angles or projection views).
- a movable structure e.g., a C-arm
- Other imaging systems 105 are also possible (e.g., a computed tomography (CT) scanner).
- CT computed tomography
- FIG. 2A illustrates an example embodiment of a needle 103 that may be used in the system 100 for performing RF neurotomy.
- the needle 103 includes a tip 201 that tapers to a point 301 capable of piercing the skin of a patient.
- the tip point tapers to a point substantially at the center of the tip 201 (e.g., a “pencil-point” tip).
- the tip point tapers to a point substantially at one side of the tip 201 (e.g., a “cutting” or “beveled” or “lancet” or “Quincke” tip).
- the needle 103 further includes an elongate member 203 connected to the tip 201 at a distal end 202 of the needle 103 and connected to a hub 204 at a proximal end 205 of the needle 103 .
- the needle 103 includes a longitudinal axis 223 along the center of the elongate member 203 .
- FIG. 2D illustrates another example embodiment of a needle 103 that may be used in the system 100 for performing RF neurotomy.
- the needle 103 includes a tip 211 that tapers to a point 301 capable of piercing the skin of a patient.
- the tip point tapers to a point substantially at the center of the tip 211 (e.g., a “pencil-point” tip).
- the tip point tapers to a point substantially at one side of the tip 211 (e.g., a “cutting” or “beveled” or “lancet” or “Quincke” tip).
- the needle 103 further includes an elongate member 203 connected to the tip 211 at a distal end 202 of the needle 103 and connected to a hub 204 at a proximal end 205 of the needle 103 .
- the needle 103 includes a longitudinal axis 223 along the center of the elongate member 203 .
- the needle 103 may include a self-contained mechanical mechanism, in the form of deployable filaments 206 a , 206 b , operable to expand the volume of effective RF energy delivery as compared to known single-electrode RF probes.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be at least partially in the elongate member 203 and may be operable to emerge through one or more apertures of the needle 103 proximate to the distal end 202 of the needle 103 .
- the needle 103 includes a single filament or three or more filaments.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b allow contraction/expansion, offsetting, and/or contouring of the effective RF energy delivery over a selected area of anatomy to adjust lesion geometry produced using the needle 103 to match a desired target volume (e.g., spherical, hemispherical, planar, spheroid, kidney-shaped, catcher's mitt-shaped, oblong, snowman-shaped, etc.).
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be deployable and/or retractable by moving (e.g., rotating) an actuator 216 relative to the hub 204 .
- the needle 103 may further include a tube 207 that includes a lumen 222 therethrough.
- the lumen 222 may be used to transport fluids to and/or from the target volume.
- the lumen 222 may also accept the RF probe 401 for delivery of RF energy to the target volume.
- the lumen 222 may also accept a dummy or temporary probe, for example to occlude the fluid port 210 during insertion.
- the RF probe 401 is integrated with the needle 103 .
- the tube 207 need not be present for RF energy delivery, although it may be included to facilitate fluid delivery.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b include lumens therethrough for the transportation of fluid to and/or from the target volume. In some embodiments, the filaments 206 a , 206 b do not include lumens therethrough (e.g., being solid). The filaments 206 a , 206 b may function as thermocouples.
- a needle 103 with deployable filaments 206 a , 206 b can overcome this obstacle and expand the effective area of RF energy delivery by providing multiple locations (e.g., the tip 201 , 211 the filament 206 a , and/or the filament 206 b ) from which the RF energy emanates.
- the use of multiple filaments 206 a , 206 b provides additional conduits for RF energy, creating a multiple electrode RF field effect.
- the size, shape, and location of a lesion created with the needle 103 may be at least partially determined by, for example, the quantity, angle, length, location, and/or orientation of the filaments and RF energy parameters such as wattage, frequency, and/or application duration, one or all of which may be beneficially modified to suit a specific anatomical application by changing various aspects of the filaments as discussed below.
- the lesion may be offset in a desired direction from the central longitudinal axis 223 by rotationally orienting the needle 103 .
- the needle 103 may be used to create a lesion offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 in a first direction.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be retracted (e.g., after creating a first lesion), the needle 103 rotated, and the filaments 206 a , 206 b re-deployed to create a lesion offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 in a second direction (e.g., to create a second lesion).
- FIGS. 3A and 3B are detailed views of an example embodiment of a distal end 202 of a needle 103 that includes a tip 201 .
- the tip 201 may include a sharpened point 301 (e.g., tapering to a point substantially at the center of the tip 201 , a pencil-point tip) for piercing the skin of a patient and facilitating advancement through tissue.
- the tip 201 may include a tapered portion 302 that transitions the tip 201 from the point 301 to a body portion 303 .
- the body portion 303 is the portion of the tip 201 that is proximal to the tapered portion 302 .
- the body portion 303 may be cylindrical as illustrated, or may be other appropriate shapes
- the body portion 303 may have a cross-section that coincides with (e.g., is coaxial with) the cross section of the elongate member 203 .
- FIGS. 3D and 3E are detailed views of another example embodiment of a distal end 202 of a needle 103 that includes a tip 211 .
- the tip 211 may include a sharpened point 301 (e.g., tapering to a point substantially at one side of the tip 201 , a cutting or beveled or lancet or Quincke tip) for piercing the skin of a patient and facilitating advancement through tissue.
- the tip 211 may include a tapered portion 302 that transitions the tip 211 from the point 301 to a body portion 303 .
- the body portion 303 is the portion of the tip 201 that is proximal to the tapered portion 302 .
- the body portion 303 may be cylindrical as illustrated, or may be other appropriate shapes (e.g., as illustrated in FIG. 16A ).
- the body portion 303 may have a cross-section that coincides with (e.g., is coaxial with) the cross section of the elongate member 203 .
- the tip 211 has a bevel angle between about 10° and about 45°, between about 15° and about 35°, between about 20° and about 30° (e.g., about 25°), combinations thereof, and the like. Other bevel angles are also possible.
- the point 301 has an angle between about 40° and about 120°, between about 70° and about 90°, between about 75° and about 85° (e.g., about 79°), combinations thereof, and the like. Other angles are also possible.
- the tip 201 , 211 may act as an RF energy delivery element.
- the tip 201 , 211 may comprise (e.g., be made from) a conductive material such as, for example, stainless steel (e.g., 300 Series Stainless Steel).
- the tip 201 , 211 may be at least partially coated (e.g., with an insulator).
- the material of the tip 201 , 211 and the material of the optional coating may be selected, for example, to act as an insulator, improve radiopacity, improve and/or alter RF energy conduction, improve lubricity, and/or reduce tissue adhesion.
- the tip 201 , 211 includes a first filament port or slot 304 a (not visible in the views of FIGS. 3A , 3 B, 3 D, and 3 E) and a second filament port or slot 304 b .
- the geometry of the filament slots 304 a , 304 b may be selected to allow filaments 206 a , 206 b to be adequately retracted (e.g., such that the filaments 206 a , 206 b are in a cross-sectional envelope of the body portion 303 of the tip 201 , 211 , as shown in FIG. 3F ) while the needle 103 is inserted into the body, so that the filaments 206 a , 206 b do not cause any unintended damage to the patient.
- Such positioning of the filament slots 304 a , 304 b avoids having filament exit features on the tapered portion 302 and thus avoids potential coring that could be caused by such positioning.
- the internal geometry of the filament slots 304 a , 304 b may be designed such that the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be easily retracted and advanced.
- the internal geometry of the filament slots 304 a , 304 b may include a transition region 305 that meets the outer surface of the body portion 303 at an angle of about 30°
- the transition region 305 may, for example, be curved and/or planar.
- Advancement of filaments 206 a , 206 b without a pre-set bias (e.g., substantially straight) relative to the filament slots 304 a , 304 b can causes the filaments 206 a , 206 b to be deflected outwardly as the filaments 206 a , 206 b move distally along the transition region 305 .
- a pre-set bias e.g., substantially straight
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b are confined to only longitudinal movement where they enter into the elongate member 203 ) and on the mechanical properties of the filaments 206 a , 206 b , various deployment angles of the filaments 206 a , 206 b relative to the central longitudinal axis 223 may be achieved.
- the portions of the filaments 206 a , 206 b that extend outwardly away from the filament slots 304 a , 304 b may be unrestrained and thus may take any appropriate form.
- the portions of the filaments that extend outwardly away from the filament slots 304 a , 304 b may be substantially straight, such as shown in FIGS. 2A , 3 A, 3 C, 3 D, 6 , 11 A- 11 C, and 14 .
- the portions of the filaments that extend outwardly away from the filament slots may take any appropriate shape, such as, for example, curved as shown in FIG. 10 .
- the radial orientation of the filament slots 304 a , 304 b may be selected such that a center point between the filament slots 304 a , 304 b does not coincide (e.g., is not coaxial with) with the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- the filament slots 304 a , 304 b may be positioned such that they are about 120° apart about the circumference of the tip 201 , 211 .
- Other filament slot configurations may be configured to achieve the filament placements discussed below.
- the filament slots 304 a , 304 b may be between about 45° and about 180° apart about the circumference of the tip 201 , 211 , between about 90° and about 180° apart about the circumference of the tip 201 , 211 , between about 90° and about 150° apart about the circumference of the tip 201 , 211 , combinations thereof, and the like. Other angles are also possible. These configurations may be achieved by varying, for example, the quantity of filament slots, the placement of filament slots about the circumference of the tip 201 , 211 , and/or the placement of filament slots along the center longitudinal axis 223 to achieve the filament placements discussed below.
- the needle 103 may comprise a tube 207 that includes a lumen 222 therethrough.
- the lumen 222 may be employed to accept the RF probe 401 for delivery of RF energy, for the transport of fluids, and/or for occluding a fluid port 210 .
- the tip 201 , 211 may include a fluid port 210 that may be in fluid communication with the lumen 222 via a channel through the tip 201 , 211 .
- the lumen 222 is a dual-purpose lumen that can allow injection of fluids and that can receive the distal end 402 of the RF probe 401 to deliver RF energy to the tip 201 , 211 , the filament 206 a , and/or the filament 206 b .
- the fluid port 210 is longitudinally spaced from the tip 301 (e.g., by between about 1 mm and about 3 mm).
- the fluid port 210 may be centrally located (e.g., as illustrated in FIG. 3D ) or it may be located offset from the center longitudinal axis 223 (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 2A and 3A ).
- the fluid port 210 may be used to transfer fluid between the region of the tip 201 , 211 and the proximal end 205 of the needle 103 .
- an anesthetic and/or an image enhancing dye may be introduced into the region of tissue around the tip 201 , 211 through the fluid port 210 .
- the fluid port 210 is located along the tapered portion 302 of the tip 201 , 211 (e.g., as illustrated in FIGS. 3A and 3D ).
- the fluid port 210 is located along the body portion 303 of the tip 201 , 211 .
- FIG. 16A is a perspective view of an example embodiment of the needle tip 211 .
- the needle 103 does not comprise a tube 207 , but the elongate member 203 comprises a lumen 308 therethrough and the tip 211 comprises a lumen 306 c therethrough.
- the lumen 308 and the lumen 306 c may be employed to accept the RF probe 401 for delivery of RF energy, for the transport of fluids, and or for occluding the fluid port 210 .
- the lumen 308 and the lumen 306 c are dual-purpose lumens that can allow injection of fluids and that can receive the distal end 402 of the RF probe 401 to deliver RF energy to the tip 211 , the filament 206 a , and/or the filament 206 b .
- the filament lumens 306 a , 306 b may also allow liquid transfer from a proximal end of the needle to the filament ports 304 a , 304 b.
- the filament lumens 306 a , 306 b are sized to inhibit buckling and/or bending of the filaments in the tip 211 .
- the elongate member 203 may also include filament lumens (e.g., comprising tubes in the elongate member 203 ).
- filament lumens in the elongate member 203 may be formed by an inner member (not shown) extending at least part of the length of the elongate member 203 .
- a transverse cross-section of the inner member may have the same cross-section as the portion of the tip 211 illustrated in FIG. 3F , including channels in which the filaments may lie and a lumen for passing fluid, an RF probe 401 , and/or a dummy probe.
- FIG. 16B is a back elevational view of the needle tip 211 of FIG. 16A .
- FIG. 16C is a front elevational view of the needle tip 211 of FIG. 16A .
- the needle tip 211 comprises a filament lumen 306 a in fluid communication with and terminating at the filament slot 304 a , a filament lumen 306 b in fluid communication with and terminating at the filament slot 304 b , and the lumen 306 c .
- the lumens 306 a , 306 b are spaced by about 120° along the circumference of the tip 211 . Other angles are also possible.
- the lumen 306 c is spaced from each of the lumens 306 a , 306 b by about 120° along the circumference of the tip 211 . Other angles are also possible.
- the filament 206 a may be in the filament lumen 306 a and the filament 206 b may be in the filament lumen 306 b .
- the lumen 306 c is in fluid communication with the fluid port 210 .
- the proximal end of the tip 211 includes a tapered surface, as shown in FIG. 16A .
- the tapered surface may help to guide insertion of an RF probe 401 into the lumen 306 c .
- the tapered surface has an angle normal to the tip 211 between about 15° and about 75°, between about 30° and about 60°, between about 40° and about 50° (e.g., about 45°), combinations thereof, and the like. Other angles are also possible.
- FIG. 16D is a perspective view of an example embodiment of an elongate member 203 .
- the elongate member 203 includes the lumen 308 , the filament slot 304 a , and the filament slot 304 b .
- the filament slots 304 a , 304 b are spaced by about 120° along the circumference of the elongate member 203 .
- FIG. 16E is a perspective view of the needle tip 211 of FIG. 16A and the elongate member 203 of FIG. 16D .
- the elongate member 203 may be coupled to the tip 211 by adhering with conductive epoxy, welding, soldering, combinations thereof, and the like.
- a proximal portion of the tip 211 can be inserted into the lumen 308 of the elongate member 203 .
- the filament slot 304 b of the elongate member 203 is substantially aligned with the lumen 306 b of the tip 211 , allowing the filament 206 b to be deployed out of the lumen 306 b .
- the filament slot 304 a of the elongate member 203 is substantially aligned with the lumen 306 a of the tip 211 , allowing the filament 206 a to be deployed out of the lumen 306 a .
- each of the filament slots 304 a , 304 b has a length between about 0.025 inches and about 0.2 inches (approx.
- each of the filament slots 304 a , 304 b has a width between about 0.01 inches and about 0.4 inches (approx. between about 0.25 mm and about 10 mm), between about 0.02 inches and about 0.03 inches (approx.
- the each of the transition regions 305 has a length between about 0.02 inches and about 0.2 inches (approx. between about 0.5 mm and about 5 mm), between about 0.05 inches and about 0.15 inches (approx. between about 1.3 mm and about 3.8 mm), between about 0.075 inches and about 0.125 inches (approx. between about 1.9 mm and about 3.2 mm) (e.g., about 0.104 inches (approx.
- the each of the transition regions 305 has a radius of curvature between about 0.01 inches and about 0.4 inches (approx. between about 0.25 mm and about 10 mm), between about 0.15 inches and about 0.35 inches (approx. between about 3.8 mm and about 8.9 mm), between about 0.2 inches and about 0.3 inches (approx. between about 5 mm and about 7.6 mm) (e.g., about 0.25 inches (approx. about 6.4 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like. Other radii of curvature are also possible. Certain combinations of dimensions of the transition regions 305 and filaments slots 304 a , 304 b described herein may cause deployment of the filaments 206 a , 206 b at desired angles (e.g., about 30°).
- the lumen 308 is not visible in FIG. 16E because the elongate member 203 covers the lumen 308 . Covering the lumen 308 causes fluid inserted into the lumen 308 to exit the fluid port 210 , and possibly the filament slots 304 a , 304 b .
- the elongate member 203 may also include a slot proximate to the tube 207 .
- the tube 207 may extend distal to the slot and substantially all fluid inserted into the lumen 222 exits the fluid port 210 .
- the body portion 303 of the tip 211 and the elongate member 203 excluding the sleeve 307 , have substantially equal diameters, for example to provide a smooth transition between the tip 211 and the elongate member 203 .
- the elongate member 203 has an inner diameter between about 0.01 inches and about 0.04 inches (approx. between about 0.25 mm and about 1 mm), between about 0.015 inches and about 0.035 inches (approx. between about 0.38 mm and about 0.89 mm), between about 0.02 inches and about 0.03 inches (approx. between about 0.5 mm and about 0.76 mm) (e.g., about 0.025 inches (approx.
- the elongate member 203 has an outer diameter between about 0.01 inches and about 0.05 inches (approx. between about 0.25 mm and about 1.3 mm), between about 0.02 inches and about 0.04 inches (approx. between about 0.5 mm and about 1 mm), between about 0.025 inches and about 0.035 inches (approx. between about 0.64 mm and about 0.89 mm) (e.g., about 0.029 inches (approx. about 0.74 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like. Other diameters are also possible.
- the proximal portion of the tip has an outer diameter between about 0.01 inches and about 0.04 inches (approx.
- the tip 211 has an outer diameter between about 0.01 inches and about 0.05 inches (approx. between about 0.25 mm and about 1.3 mm), between about 0.02 inches and about 0.04 inches (approx. between about 0.5 mm and about 1 mm), between about 0.025 inches and about 0.035 inches (approx. between about 0.64 mm and about 0.89 mm) (e.g., about 0.029 inches (approx. about 0.74 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like. Other diameters are also possible.
- FIG. 16F is a cross-sectional view of the needle tip 211 and the elongate member 203 along the line 16 F- 16 F of FIG. 16E .
- FIG. 16F also illustrates an example embodiment of a filament 206 a in the lumen 308 and the lumen 306 a , then exiting via the filament slot 304 a , and an RF probe 401 in the lumen 308 .
- the elongate member 203 and the tip each 211 comprise (e.g., are each made from) a conductive material (e.g., 300 Series Stainless Steel), and can conduct electrical signals from the RF probe 401 to the tip 211 and the filaments 206 a , 206 b (e.g., due to physical contact of conductive components) to form a monopolar electrode.
- the RF probe 401 , the filaments 206 a , 206 b , the tip 211 , and/or the elongate member 203 may include features configured to increase physical contact between the components.
- the cross-sectional view shows the lumen 308 in fluid communication with the lumen 306 c and the fluid port 210 .
- FIG. 16G is another cross-sectional view of an example embodiment of a needle tip 211 and the elongate member 203 along a line similar to the line 16 F- 16 F in FIG. 16E .
- the tip 211 in FIG. 16G does not include a fluid port 210 , but fluid can permeate out of the filament slots 304 a , 304 b because the filament slots are in fluid communication with the lumen 308 .
- the tip 211 includes a lumen 306 c , for example to assure placement of or contact with the probe 401 (e.g., as illustrated in FIG. 16G ).
- the tip 211 does not include a lumen 306 c , for example to reduce manufacturing costs if the lumen 306 c is cut from a solid tip stem.
- the channel through the tip 201 , 211 may be sized to accommodate a tip of the RF probe 401 that may be inserted into the needle 103 .
- the channel may be sized such that RF energy from the inserted RF probe 401 is satisfactorily communicated from the RF probe 401 to the tip 201 , 211 , the filament 206 a , and/or the filament 206 b.
- FIGS. 3C and 3G are each a detailed view of the distal end 310 of a needle 309 that is an alternate embodiment of the needle 103 .
- the distal end 310 includes a tip 311 , 321 that may include a sharpened point 312 for piercing the skin of a patient and facilitating advancement through tissue.
- the tip 311 , 321 may include a tapered portion 313 that transitions the tip 311 , 321 from the point 312 to a first body portion 314 .
- the first body portion 314 may be connected to a second body portion 315 at an angle 316 . In some embodiments, the angle 316 is about 15°. Other angles 316 are also possible.
- the angle 316 may be between about 5° and about 90°, between about 10° and about 60°, between about 10° and about 45°, between about 10° and about 20°, combinations thereof, and the like. Other angles are also possible.
- the second body portion 315 may be aligned with an elongate member 317 .
- the elongate member 317 may be similarly configured as the elongate member 203 of FIGS. 3A , 3 B, 3 C, and 3 D.
- the angle 316 between the first body portion 314 and the second body portion 315 may aid the user in navigating the needle 309 to a desired position. For example, by rotating the needle 309 such that the first body portion 314 is pointing in a desired direction, subsequent advancement of the needle 309 may result in the needle 309 following a non-straight path biased toward the desired direction.
- the first and second body portions 314 , 315 may be cylindrical as illustrated, or they may be of any other appropriate shape.
- the first and second body portions 314 , 315 may have cross-sections that coincide with (e.g., is coaxial with) the cross section of the elongate member 317 .
- the tip 311 , 321 may act as an RF energy delivery element.
- the tip 311 , 321 may comprise (e.g., be made from) a conductive material such as, for example, stainless steel (e.g., 300 Series Stainless Steel).
- the tip 311 , 321 may be coated (e.g., with an insulator).
- the material of the tip 311 , 321 and the material of the optional coating may be selected, for example, to act as an insulator, improve radiopacity, improve and/or alter RF energy conduction, improve lubricity, and/or reduce tissue adhesion.
- the filaments 319 a , 319 b may also act as RF energy delivery elements.
- the filaments 319 a , 319 b may be constructed in a manner similar to as described with respect to the filaments 206 a , 206 b.
- the tip 311 of FIG. 3C includes a filament slot 318 a and a filament slot 318 b .
- the geometry of the filament slots 318 a , 318 b may be selected to allow filaments 319 a , 319 b to be adequately retracted (e.g., such that they are in a cross-sectional envelope of the second body portion 315 ) while the needle 309 is inserted into the body, so that the filaments 319 a , 319 b do not cause any unintended damage to the patient (e.g., by being along the second body portion 315 ).
- Such positioning of the filament slots 318 a , 318 b may avoid having filament exit features on the tapered portion 313 and on the first body portion 314 , which may avoid potential coring.
- the internal geometry of the filament slots 318 a , 318 b may include a transition region that meets the outer surface of the second body portion 315 at an angle, and advancement of filaments 319 a , 319 b without a pre-set bias (e.g., substantially straight) relative to the filament slots 318 a , 318 b can causes the filaments 319 a , 319 b to be deflected outwardly as the filaments 319 a , 319 b move distally along the transition region.
- a pre-set bias e.g., substantially straight
- the configuration and orientation of the filament slots 318 a , 318 b may be selected such that deployed filaments 319 a , 319 b may achieve the positioning illustrated in FIG. 3C .
- the filaments 319 a , 319 b are generally positioned in a plane that is perpendicular to a plane that includes the angle 316 between the first and second body portions 314 , 315 .
- the filaments 319 a , 319 b may be positioned such that they extend at an angle (e.g., about 15°, between about 10° and about 90°, between about 10° and about 60°, between about 10° and about 45°, between about 10° and about 20°, combinations thereof, and the like) relative to the plane that includes the angle 316 .
- an angle e.g., about 15°, between about 10° and about 90°, between about 10° and about 60°, between about 10° and about 45°, between about 10° and about 20°, combinations thereof, and the like
- Other angles are also possible
- Other filament slot 318 a , 318 b configurations may be configured to achieve other desired filament 319 a , 319 b placements.
- These configurations may be achieved, for example, by varying the quantity of filament slots and filaments, the placement of filament slots about the circumference of the tip 311 , the angle at which the filaments extend away from the first and second body portions 314 , 315 , and/or the placement of filament slots along the first and second body portions 314 , 315 .
- FIG. 3G illustrates an example embodiment of a tip 321 that includes a filament slot 318 a and a filament slot 318 b along the first body portion 314 .
- the geometry of the filament slots 318 a , 318 b may be selected to allow filaments 319 a , 319 b to be adequately retracted (e.g., such that they are in a cross-sectional envelope of the second body portion 315 ) while the needle 309 is inserted into the body, so that the filaments 319 a , 319 b do not cause any unintended damage to the patient.
- Positioning of the filament slots 318 a , 318 b along the first body portion 314 may potentially cause coring, so the filaments 319 a , 319 b may be configured to substantially occlude the filament slots 318 a , 318 b , which may avoid potential coring.
- the internal geometry of the filament slots 318 a , 319 b may lack a transition region and, due to being positioned on the first body portion 314 , advancement of the filaments 319 a , 319 b without a pre-set bias (e.g., substantially straight) can cause the filaments 319 a , 319 b to continue to advance substantially straight (e.g., along the longitudinal axis of the elongate member 317 and/or the second body portion 315 ) as the filaments move distally out of the filament slots 318 a , 318 b .
- a pre-set bias e.g., substantially straight
- filament slots along the tapered portion 313 is also possible (e.g., the filaments continuing to advance along the longitudinal axis of the first body portion 314 ).
- the embodiments depicted in FIGS. 3A and 3D may be adapted so the filaments 206 a , 206 b exit along the tapered portion 302 .
- the needle 309 may comprise a tube that includes a lumen therethrough, for example as described herein with respect to FIGS. 3A , 3 B, 3 D, and 3 E.
- the lumen may be employed to accept an RF probe for delivery of RF energy and/or for the transport of fluids.
- the tip 311 may further include a fluid port 320 that may be in fluid communication via a channel through the tip 311 with the lumen.
- the fluid port 320 may be used to transfer fluid between the region of the tip 311 and a proximal end of the needle 309 .
- the distal ends of the filaments 319 a , 319 b are disposed away from the point 312 .
- the distal ends of the filaments 319 a , 319 b are disposed away from the point 312 .
- the distal ends of the filaments 319 a , 319 b are entirely within an outer perimeter (e.g., circumference where the second body portion 315 of the tip 311 , 321 is round) of the tip 311 , 321 .
- the filaments 319 a , 319 b act as broadcast antennae for an RF probe inserted into the needle 309 .
- the tip 311 or 321 , the filament 319 a , and/or the filament 319 b may form a monopolar electrode for application of RF energy to the target volume.
- the filaments 319 a , 319 b may allow the RF energy from the RF probe to be dispersed over a larger volume than would be possible with the tip 311 , 321 alone.
- any or all of the herein variables may be incorporated into a particular embodiment of a needle to yield a needle capable of producing a lesion with a particular size, position and shape relative to the tip of the needle.
- Such custom sizes, positions and shapes may be designed for specific procedures.
- a particular lesion size, position and shape may be selected to enable a user to navigate the needle to a particular landmark (e.g., proximate to or touching a bone visible using fluoroscopy) and then orient the needle such that deployed filaments will be operable to produce a lesion at a particular location relative to the landmark.
- the lesion shapes achievable through selection of the herein variables may include, for example, generally spherical, oblong, conical, and pyramidal shapes.
- the orientation relative to, and the amount of offset from, the tip of such shapes may be selectable.
- the tips of the deployed filaments may be positioned distally relative to the point of the tip to provide for a facile positioning of the lesion relative to the tip. Such capability may allow for the needle to be inserted directly toward a target volume.
- the tips of the deployed filaments may be positioned at the same axial position along the central longitudinal axis as the point of the tip or the tips of the deployed filaments may be positioned proximally relative to the point of the tip.
- some filament endpoints may be located distal to the point of the tip while others are proximal to the point of the tip.
- the elongate member 203 may be in the form of a hollow tube (e.g., sheath, cannula) interconnecting the tip 201 , 211 with the hub 204 .
- the elongate member 203 may be configured with adequate strength to allow the needle 103 to pierce a patient's skin and advance to a target area through various tissue types, including, for example, fat and muscle tissue.
- the elongate member 203 may also be capable of resisting kinking as it is advanced.
- the elongate member 203 comprises a rod with a plurality of lumens along its length to accommodate the filaments 206 a , 206 b , the RF probe 401 , and/or a fluid passage.
- the elongate member 203 houses portions of the filaments 206 a , 206 b and the tube 207 , and allows for relative movement of the filaments 206 a , 206 b .
- the elongate member 203 may be of any appropriate size and internal configuration to allow insertion into a patient and to house componentry therein.
- the elongate member 203 is a 16 gauge round tube or smaller.
- the elongate member 203 may be 18 gauge or 20 gauge.
- the elongate member 203 has a maximum cross-sectional dimension of about 1.7 mm.
- the elongate member 203 has a maximum cross-sectional dimension of about 1 mm.
- the elongate member 203 may have a length selected for performing a specific spinal RF neurotomy procedure on a particular patient. In some embodiments, the elongate member 203 has a length of about 10 cm.
- the elongate member 203 comprises (e.g., is constructed from) an insulative material to reduce (e.g., eliminate) the amount of RF energy emitted along the length of the elongate member 203 when the RF probe 401 is disposed therein.
- the elongate member 203 may comprise (e.g., be constructed from) polymeric, ceramic, and/or other insulative material.
- the elongate member 203 includes an insulating coating or sleeve 307 ( FIGS. 2D and 16D ).
- the elongate member is insulated (e.g., constructed from insulative material and/or having an insulating coating 307 ) except for a distal part having a length between about 5 mm and about 10 mm.
- FIG. 3H illustrates an example embodiment of a needle 309 comprising an insulating coating 330 covering a proximal portion of the tip 321 and coatings 332 a , 332 b covering a proximal portion of the filaments 319 a , 319 b .
- the coating 330 insulates, inter alia, the bent area between the first body portion 314 and the second body portion 315 if the tip 321 .
- the elongate member is insulated (e.g., constructed from insulative material and/or having an insulating coating) except for a proximal part.
- FIG. 3I illustrates an example embodiment of a needle 309 comprising an insulating coating 330 covering a distal portion of the tip 321 and coatings 332 a , 332 b covering a distal portion of the filaments 319 a , 319 b .
- the needle 309 may create a kidney or catcher's mitt shaped lesion, which may be useful, for example, for ablating tissue where the active tip is pressed against the wall of a structure with the device staying in the lumen of a structure.
- insulating the distal portion of the tip 321 which stays in the chamber, can make the biophysics of the lesion (e.g., impedance, power, heat) more precise because the insulated distal portion of the tip 321 that is surrounded by blood in the chamber will not be part of the field.
- FIGS. 3H and 3I illustrate example embodiments of insulation of parts of the tip 321 and the filaments 319 a , 319 b illustrated in FIG. 3G .
- Parts of components of the distal ends of other needle tips described herein may also be insulated (e.g., those illustrated in FIGS. 3A , 3 C, and 3 D).
- only parts of the tip 321 , and not parts of the filaments 319 a , 319 b are insulated.
- only parts of the filaments 319 a , 319 b , and not parts of the tip 321 are insulated.
- a distal portion of the tip 321 is insulated (e.g., as illustrated in FIG.
- proximal portions of the filaments 319 a , 319 b are insulated (e.g., as illustrated in FIG. 3H ).
- a distal portion of the filaments 319 a , 319 b are insulated (e.g., as illustrated in FIG. 3I ) and a proximal portion of the tip 321 is insulated (e.g., as illustrated in FIG. 3H ).
- the insulative coating or sleeve 330 , 332 a , 332 b may be adjustable.
- one or all of the sleeves 330 , 332 a , 332 b may be advanced or retracted relative to the tip 321 , the filament 319 a , and the filament 319 b , respectively, to increase or decrease the amount of exposed conductive area.
- the elongate member 203 may include a coating that may improve radiopacity to aid in visualization of the position of the needle 103 using fluoroscopy.
- the elongate member 203 may include a lubricious coating to improve its ability to be inserted and positioned in the patient and/or to reduce tissue adhesion.
- the elongate member 203 may include markers 224 along its length to assist in determining the depth to which the needle 103 has entered into the anatomy.
- the markers 224 may be radiopaque so that they may be viewed under fluoroscopy.
- a collar (not shown) may be disposed about the elongate member 203 to assist in placement of the tip 201 , 211 of the needle 103 .
- the tip 201 , 211 may be positioned in a first position, the collar may then be placed against the patient's skin, and then the needle 103 may be advanced and/or withdrawn a certain distance. Such a distance may be indicated, for example, by the distance between the collar and a patient's skin or other anatomy.
- the elongate member 203 may be fixedly interconnected to the tip 201 , 211 and the hub 204 in any appropriate manner.
- the tip 201 , 211 may be press fit into the elongate member 203 and the elongate member 203 may be press fit into the hub 204 .
- Other example methods of attachment include adhesive bonding and welding.
- the elongate member 203 and the tip 201 , 211 are a single unitary structure.
- the elongate member 203 may be steerable and incorporate controlling mechanisms allowing the elongate member 203 to be deflected or steered after insertion into the anatomy.
- the tube 207 containing the lumen 222 may comprise (e.g., be constructed from) any appropriate material.
- the tube 207 comprise a conductive material, such as stainless steel (e.g., 300 Series Stainless Steel), such that when the RF probe 401 is inserted in the tube 207 , the RF energy emitted by the RF probe 401 may be conducted through the tube 207 and into and through the tip 201 , 211 , the filament 206 a , and/or the filament 206 b .
- the tube 207 may be interconnected to the tip 201 , 211 such that the lumen 222 is in sealed, fluid communication with the channel through the tip 201 , 211 . This may be accomplished by a press fit, weld, or any other appropriate method.
- the lumen 222 may be in fluid communication with the tip 201 , 211 at the distal end 202 .
- a proximal end of the lumen 222 may be disposed at the proximal end 205 of the needle 103 .
- the lumen 222 may extend from the distal end 202 to the proximal end 205 , with the only access being at the distal and proximal ends 202 , 205 .
- the lumen 222 is the only lumen of the needle 103 disposed along the elongate member 203 .
- the RF probe 401 inserted into the lumen 222 may be positioned such that an end of the RF probe 401 is proximate to the tip 201 , 211 .
- the RF probe 401 may be positioned such that the distal end 402 of the RF probe 401 is in the lumen 222 near the tip 201 , 211 or in the channel through the tip 201 , 211 .
- RF energy transmitted through the RF probe 401 may then be conducted by the tip 201 , 211 , the filament 206 a , and/or the filament 206 b .
- the size of the lumen 222 may be selected to accommodate a particular size of RF probe 401 .
- the lumen 222 may be configured to accommodate at least a 22 gauge RF probe 401 , at least a 21 gauge RF probe 401 , or a larger or smaller RF probe 401 .
- the lumen 222 may have a maximum cross-sectional dimension of less than about 0.85 mm.
- the proximal end of the tube 207 may be operable to receive the RF probe 401 .
- the proximal end of the tube 207 and the actuator 216 may be configured to accept a connector, such as a Luer fitting, such that a fluid source may be connected to the tube 207 (e.g., to deliver fluid through the lumen 222 and out the fluid port 210 ).
- the needle 103 includes two filaments 206 a , 206 b in and along elongate member 203 . Distal ends of the filaments 206 a , 206 b are proximate to the tip 201 , 211 , and proximal ends of the filaments 206 a , 206 b are fixed to a filament hub 221 discussed below.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b are movable along the central longitudinal axis 223 between a fully deployed position as illustrated in FIGS. 3A , 3 C, 3 D, and 3 F and a retracted position illustrated in FIGS. 3B and 3E .
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be deployed in intermediate positions between the fully deployed positions and the retracted positions.
- a mechanism for advancement and/or retraction of the filaments 206 a , 206 b may include detents indicating partial deployment and/or retraction and a stop indicating full deployment and/or retraction.
- the distal ends of the filaments 206 a , 206 b , 319 a , 319 b are disposed away from the tip 201 , 211 , 311 , 321 .
- the distal ends of the filaments 206 a , 206 b , 319 a , 319 b are entirely within an outer perimeter (e.g., circumference where the body portion 303 of the tip 201 , 211 , 311 , 321 is round) of the tip 201 , 211 , 311 , 321 .
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b , 319 a , 319 b can act as broadcast antennae for the RF probe 401 (e.g., RF energy passes from the RF probe 401 to the tip 201 , 211 , 311 , 321 and to the filaments 206 a , 206 b , 319 a , 319 b , and into a target volume within a patient).
- RF energy passes from the RF probe 401 to the tip 201 , 211 , 311 , 321 and to the filaments 206 a , 206 b , 319 a , 319 b , and into a target volume within a patient.
- the RF probe 401 inserted into the lumen 222 , the tip 201 , 211 , 311 , 321 , and the filaments 206 a , 206 b , 319 a , 319 b may form a monopolar electrode for application of RF energy to the target volume.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b , 319 a , 319 b allow the RF energy from the RF probe 401 to be dispersed over a larger volume than would be possible with the tip 201 , 211 , 311 , 321 alone.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b , 319 a , 319 b may be constructed from a material operable to conduct RF energy, e.g., a metal such as stainless steel (e.g., 303 Stainless Steel), Nitinol, or shape memory alloy.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be coated, for example to enhance and/or inhibit their ability to conduct RF energy.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may include a lubricious coating to aid in insertion and/or reduce tissue adhesion.
- FIG. 2E illustrates an embodiment in which the filaments 206 a , 206 b are formed from a single wire 206 that is bent at the proximal end.
- the distal ends of the filaments 206 a , 206 b are shown as bent, which can be the result of deflection upon exit from a tip 201 , 211 , shape memory, combinations thereof, and the like.
- Forming the filaments 206 a , 206 b from a single wire 206 may provide advantages such as, for example, coherent activation of the filaments 206 a , 206 b , simultaneous deployment of the filaments 206 a , 206 b , and/or simultaneous retraction of the filaments 206 a , 206 b .
- the wire 206 may be a single wire or a plurality of wire segments joined together (e.g., via adhering with conductive epoxy, welding, soldering, combinations thereof, and the like).
- Other filaments described herein may also be coupled or bent at the proximal end.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b illustrated in FIG. 2E are substantially parallel, and taper outwards before being bent at the proximal end. In some embodiments, the filaments 206 a , 206 b are substantially parallel and do not taper out before being bent at the proximal end.
- the proximal end of the wire 206 is a semi-circle, for example having a radius between about 0.03 inches and about 0.07 inches (approx. between about 0.76 mm and about 1.8 mm), between about 0.04 inches and about 0.06 inches (approx. between about 1 mm and about 1.5 mm), between about 0.05 inches and about 0.055 inches (approx. between about 1.3 mm and about 1.4 mm) (e.g., about 0.052 inches (approx. about 1.32 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b are parallel and spaced by a distance between about 0.025 inches and about 0.125 inches (approx.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b in the elongate member 203 may be braided, wrapped, or twisted together. Such embodiments may increase column strength, providing resistance to buckling and/or bending in the elongate member 203 .
- the wire 206 has a diameter between about 0.0025 inches and about 0.04 inches (approx.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b each have a diameter between about 0.0025 inches and about 0.04 inches (approx. between about 0.06 mm and about 1 mm), between about 0.005 inches and about 0.025 inches (approx.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 have different diameters (e.g., by being formed from different wires, by being formed from portions of wires with different diameters that are coupled to form the wire 206 , etc.).
- the distal ends of the filaments may be shaped (e.g., pointed) to improve their ability to move through tissue.
- the tips of the filaments 206 a , 206 b in FIG. 3A have an outward-facing bevel.
- the bevel is at an angle between about 15° and about 45°, between about 20° and about 40°, between about 25° and about 35° (e.g., about 30°), combinations thereof, and the like.
- the length of the bevel is about 0.024 inches (approx. about 0.61 mm).
- the tips of the filaments 206 a , 206 b may have the same shape (e.g., beveled) or different shapes.
- the tips of the filaments 206 a , 206 b in FIG. 3D have an inward-facing bevel.
- bevels e.g., inward-facing bevels
- the tips of the filaments 319 a , 319 b in FIG. 3G have a pencil-point.
- a pencil-point tip can help to reduce splay between the tips of the filaments 206 a , 206 b by substantially straight tracking deployment, which can improve placement of the filaments 206 a , 206 b .
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b comprise materials with different tensile strength and/or rigidity, and the filaments 206 a , 206 b , which can affect their ability to flex due to contact with tissue and thus the amount of splay, if any.
- the deflection to an unconfined state may work with or against the shapes of the tips.
- certain filament tips may help to occlude filaments slots, improve interaction with a transition region, etc.
- the various shapes of the filament tips described herein and otherwise may be selected for any of these embodiments (e.g., the filaments 206 a , 206 b of FIG. 3A may have inwardly-facing bevels or pencil-point tips, the filaments 206 a , 206 b of FIG.
- the filaments 319 a , 319 b of FIG. 3C may have inwardly-facing bevels or pencil-point tips
- the filaments 319 a , 319 b of FIG. 3G may have inwardly-facing bevels or outwardly-facing bevels, etc.).
- FIG. 5 is an end view of the tip 201 and deployed filaments 206 a , 206 b of the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 2A and 3A .
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b are positioned at a filament angle 503 of about 120° apart from each other about the central longitudinal axis 223 . This coincides with the positions of the filament slots 304 a , 304 b discussed herein since the filaments 206 a , 206 b emerge from the filament slots 304 a , 304 b .
- Other filament angles 503 are also possible.
- the filament angle 503 may be between about 90° and about 180°, between about 90° and about 150°, between about 100° and about 140°, between about 110° and about 130°, combinations thereof, and the like.
- a filament-free angle 504 of about 240° is defined as the largest angle about the circumference of the tip 201 , 211 that is free of filaments.
- the filament angle 503 may be less than 180° and the filament-free angle 504 may be correspondingly greater than 180° (e.g., greater than 200° or greater than 240°).
- the central longitudinal axis 223 is perpendicular to the plane of the illustration.
- a midpoint 502 is defined between distal ends 501 a , 501 b of the filaments 206 a , 206 b , respectively.
- the midpoint 502 is offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- the midpoint 502 is offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 by about 2 mm.
- Other offset values are also possible.
- the offset may be between about 0.5 mm and about 5 mm, between about 1 mm and about 4 mm, between about 1 mm and about 3 mm, greater than about 0.5 mm, less than about 5 mm, combinations thereof, and the like.
- the RF energy When RF energy is transmitted from the tip 201 and both of the filaments 206 a , 206 b , the RF energy will be transmitted asymmetrically with respect to the central longitudinal axis 223 the cause the RF energy will be emitted from the tip 201 and the filaments 206 a , 206 b . As oriented in FIG. 5 , the energy will be biased in an upward direction in the direction from the point 301 toward the midpoint 502 . Thus, when RF energy is transmitted during an RF neurotomy procedure, a lesion will be created that is correspondingly offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 in the direction from the point 301 toward the midpoint 502 .
- the lesion may be substantially a three-dimensional polygon (e.g., with rounded edges) of known dimensions and volume that is offset from the central cannula in a known and predictable way.
- Different embodiments may have different three-dimensional polygonal structures adapted to the intended ablation target.
- needles without deployable filaments may be used to create asymmetric planar lesions by varying needle insertion during the ablation procedure, and may require substantial ablation volume overlap.
- FIG. 6 is a side view of the tip 201 and the filaments 206 a , 206 b , oriented such that the deployed filament 206 b is entirely within the plane of the figure.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b extend from the tip 201 at a common distance, or location, along the central longitudinal axis 223 . In some embodiments, the filaments 206 a , 206 b may extend different distances.
- the filament 206 b is deflected radially outwardly from the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- the filament 206 b emerges from the tip 201 at an angle 601 of about 30° from the central longitudinal axis 223 , which is parallel to the longitudinal axis of the elongate member 203 .
- the angle 601 may vary, for example, based at least partially on positioning of a transition region 305 , mechanical properties of the filament 206 b (e.g., shape-memory properties or lack thereof), and the like.
- the angle 601 is between about 5° and about 85°, between about 10° and about 60°, between about 20° and about 40°, greater than about 5°, less than about 85°, combinations thereof, and the like.
- the angle 601 is related to the angle 503 .
- the angle 601 may be a fraction of the angle 503 , such as about 1 ⁇ 4. In some embodiments, the angle 601 is unrelated to the angle 503 , for example both being independently chosen to produce a certain lesion size or shape.
- the distal tips 501 a , 501 b are positioned distally beyond the point 301 by a distance 602 , are disposed at a distance 603 from the central longitudinal axis 223 , and/or are disposed at a distance 604 from each other.
- the distance 602 is about 3.5 mm
- the distance 603 is about 3 mm
- the distance 604 is about 4.5 mm. Other distances are also possible.
- the distance 602 is between about 0.5 mm and about 6 mm, between about 1 mm and about 5 mm, between about 3 mm and about 4 mm, combinations thereof, and the like. Other distances are also possible.
- the distance 603 is between about 0.5 mm and about 6 mm, between about 1 mm and about 5 mm, between about 2 mm and about 4 mm, combinations thereof, and the like. Other distances are also possible.
- the distance 604 is between about 2 mm and about 7 mm, between about 3 mm and about 6 mm, between about 4 mm and about 5 mm, combinations thereof, and the like. Other distances are also possible.
- angles described herein may be measured with respect to a needle 103 in a deployed state outside of a patient's body, and that the angles may when the needle is inside a patient's body, for example based at least in part on splay of filaments due to beveling.
- the tip 211 and deployed filaments 206 a , 206 b of the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 3D may also have a filament angle 503 , a filament-free angle 504 , a midpoint 502 , an angle 601 , distances 602 , 603 , 604 , and other features described herein, for example with respect to FIGS. 5 and 6 .
- the portion of the lesion based at least partially on RF energy emitted by the tip 211 and thus the shape of the lesion, may vary based on the position of the point 301 (e.g., in FIG. 3 d , the point 301 is on the side of the tip 211 that comprises the filaments 206 a , 206 b ).
- the configuration of the filaments 206 a , 206 b illustrated in FIGS. 2A , 3 A, 3 D, 5 , and 6 may be operable to produce lesions that are radially offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 and distally offset from the point 301 as compared to a lesion created by the tip 201 , 211 without the filaments or a lesion created with the needle 103 with the filaments 206 a , 206 b in the retracted position.
- Variations in the relative shapes, positions, and sizes of lesions created with the needle may be achieved by repositioning the filaments.
- the lesion produced by the needle will be in different positions depending on whether the filaments are in the deployed or retracted positions.
- Lesions having intermediate shapes, positions, and/or sizes may be achieved by positioning the filaments in intermediate positions between the fully deployed (e.g., as illustrated in FIGS. 3A , 3 C, 3 D, and 3 G) and fully retracted positions (e.g., as illustrated in FIGS. 3B and 3E ).
- the needle with deployed filaments is operable to produce larger lesion volumes than the needle with retracted filaments.
- the needle with fully deployed filaments may be operable to produce lesion volumes of about 500 mm 3 .
- Other lesion volumes are also possible.
- the needle with fully deployed filaments may be operable to produce lesion volumes between about 100 mm 3 and about 2,000 mm 3 , between about 200 mm 3 and about 1,000 mm 3 , between about 250 mm 3 and about 750 mm 3 , between about 400 mm 3 and about 600 mm 3 , combinations thereof, and the like.
- the shape, position, and/or size of lesions created by needles with deployable filaments may be achieved by different configurations of filaments. Variations may include, for example, variations in materials, the number of filaments, the radial positioning of the filaments, the axial positioning of the filaments, the length of the filaments, the angle at which the filaments exit the tip, the shape of the filaments, etc.
- the needle may be configured to produce lesions of various sizes and shapes that are positioned at various locations relative to the tip.
- Such variations may be specifically tailored to be used in specific procedures, such as RF neurotomy procedures of particular nerves adjacent to particular vertebrae.
- the materials used for the tip and/or the filaments may be selected to achieve particular lesion sizes, positions, and/or shapes.
- the tip may comprise (e.g., be made form) a material that does not conduct RF energy, in which case RF energy from the RF probe 401 may be conducted by substantially only the deployed filaments.
- emitting RF energy from the filaments may provide for a lesion with a larger offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 than would be produced if the tip conducts RF energy and acts as an electrode along with the filaments.
- Another material-related variation that may affect lesion shape, size, and/or position is the addition and placement of insulation over the tip and/or over the filaments. For example, by placing a layer of insulation over a proximal part of the portions of the filaments that extend from the tip when in the deployed position, the shape of the lesion may be altered since RF energy may primarily emanate from the distal, non-insulated part of the filaments. For another example, by placing a layer of insulation over a proximal part of the tip, the shape of the lesion may be altered since RF energy may primarily emanate from the distal, non-insulated part of the tip.
- filaments and/or tip may also be covered by an insulating material, for example a distal part of the filaments and/or tip, an intermediate part of the filaments and/or tip, combinations thereof, and the like, for example as described with respect to FIGS. 3H and 3I .
- the materials used in making the filaments and tip may be selected based on RF conductivity. For example, by using a material for the tip that is less conductive of RF energy, the proportion of RF energy emanating from the tip as compared to that emanating from the filaments may be altered resulting in a corresponding change in lesion size, position and/or shape.
- the RF needles and RF probes discussed herein may be constructed from materials that are Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) compatible (e.g., titanium, aluminum, copper, platinum, non-magnetic 300 Series Stainless Steel, etc.).
- MRI Magnetic Resonance Imaging
- MRI equipment may be used to verify the positioning of the needles and/or portions thereof and/or monitor the progress of an ablation procedure (e.g., RF neurotomy).
- Variations of the number of filaments used for needle may be selected to achieve particular lesion sizes, positions and/or shapes.
- a third filament 701 may extend from the tip 201 ′ (or other tips described herein such as the tip 211 ) in a position between filaments 206 a , 206 b .
- the tips 501 a , 501 b of the filaments 206 a , 206 b and a tip 702 of filament 701 may form a polygon 703 that has a centroid 704 .
- the centroid 704 is offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- Such an arrangement may produce a lesion that is offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 to a different degree than, and shaped differently than, a lesion created by the needle of FIG. 5 .
- a centroid of a polygon formed by the tips of filaments or, in the case where there are two filaments, the midpoint between them
- a lesion created by such a configuration will be correspondingly offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b , 702 are positioned at the same filament angle 503 of about 120° as in the embodiment of FIG. 5 .
- Other filament angles 503 in either FIG. 5 or FIG. 7 , are also possible.
- the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 7 has a filament-free angle 504 of about 240°, also the same as in the embodiment of FIG. 5 .
- Other filament-free angles 504 in either FIG. 5 or FIG. 7 , are also possible.
- the filament-free angle is correspondingly greater than about 180° (e.g., greater than about 200° or greater than about 240°).
- filaments 801 a - 801 d are positioned about a tip 201 ′′ (or other tips described herein such as the tip 211 ).
- the tips of the filaments 801 a - 801 d may form a polygon 802 that has a centroid 803 .
- the centroid 803 is offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- Such an arrangement may produce a lesion that is offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 in the direction of the centroid 803 .
- the filaments 801 a - 801 d are positioned at a filament angle 804 of about 200°. Other filament angles 804 are also possible.
- FIG. 8 illustrates an embodiment in which the filament-free angle 805 is less than about 180°, but which is capable of producing a lesion offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- a midpoint 502 between the filaments was discussed.
- a centroid of a polygon formed by the distal ends of the filaments was discussed. Both the midpoints and the centroids may be considered to be “average” points of the filaments for their particular configurations.
- the midpoint between filaments in two-filament embodiments and the centroid of the polygon in embodiments with more than two filaments may be offset from the central longitudinal axis of the elongate member.
- the midpoint or centroid may be offset from the central longitudinal axis by 1 mm or more.
- the polygon may lie in a plane perpendicular to the central longitudinal axis.
- the distal ends of the filaments when fully deployed may be in a common plane.
- the common plane is perpendicular or transverse to the central longitudinal axis.
- the common plane is distal to the point 301 , 312 .
- the filaments of the needle may all be deployed on a common side of a central plane of the needle (where the central longitudinal axis is entirely within the central plane).
- the distal ends of the filaments are all on a common side of the central plane.
- Such a configuration may enable the needle to be used to create a lesion that is offset from the tip of the needle to the same side of the central plane as the deployed filament ends.
- the filaments when fully deployed may point in an at least partially distal direction.
- a vector extending longitudinally from the distal end of a filament and coinciding with a central axis of the portion of the filament out of the tip 211 has at least some distal component.
- the fully deployed filaments in the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 2A , 2 D, 3 A, 3 C, 3 D, 3 G- 3 I, and 10 all point in an at least partially distal direction.
- FIG. 9 illustrates an embodiment in which the filaments are uniformly distributed about the circumference of the tip 201 ′′′′.
- the needle of FIG. 9 includes three filaments 901 a , 901 b , 901 c distributed substantially equally about the circumference of the tip 201 ′′′′, the angles 902 a , 902 b , 902 c between the filaments 901 a , 901 b , 901 c each being about 120°.
- Such a needle may be operable to produce a lesion that is generally centered along the central longitudinal axis 223 . However, the position of the produced lesion longitudinally along the central longitudinal axis 223 may be determined by the configuration (e.g., length, deployment angle, etc.) of the filaments.
- relatively longer filaments may be operable to produce lesions that are positioned distal to lesions produced by configurations with relatively shorter filaments.
- the needle may be operable to create a lesion that is offset from the tip of the needle towards the filament 901 b .
- the needle may be operable to create a lesion that is offset from the tip of the needle towards the filaments 901 a , 901 b.
- the resultant lesion may be longer along the central longitudinal axis 223 than lesions resulting from an embodiment in which the filaments 206 a , 206 b , 701 are each positioned along substantially the same plane perpendicular or transverse to the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- two or more filaments may be at the same radial position and at different axial positions. Such embodiments may include multiple rows of filaments.
- the needle may be capable of producing lesions that are more distally positioned than lesions created by the embodiment as shown in FIGS. 5 and 6 .
- the effects of lengthening or shortening the deployed length of the filaments may be similar to those discussed herein with respect to partially deploying filaments.
- the needle includes filaments having deployed portions with different lengths.
- variations in filament lengths may be achieved by varying the overall length of the filaments. For example, the distal end of a shorter filament may be retracted further into the tip or elongate member than the distal end of a longer filament.
- the effects of lengthening or shortening the length of the deployed portions of the filaments may be similar to those discussed herein with respect to variations in the axial positioning of filaments emergence from the tip of the needle and/or with respect to partially deploying filaments.
- the angle at which a filament exits a tip may be varied to achieve particular lesion sizes, positions, and/or shapes.
- the needle may be operable to produce a lesion that has a larger maximum cross-sectional dimension in a plane perpendicular to the central longitudinal axis 223 than if the angle 601 was about 30°, for example because the filaments can emanate RF energy at a distance further away from the central longitudinal axis.
- the filaments can be deployed at different angles 601 relative to the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- the deployed portions of the filaments 1001 a , 1001 b may be curved.
- the term “curved” may mean a continuous curve, a curve in combination with a straight section, a plurality of curves in different directions, combinations thereof, and the like.
- Such curvatures may be achieved, for example, by filaments 1001 a , 1001 b comprising shape memory material (e.g., Nitinol) or spring material.
- shape memory material e.g., Nitinol
- the shape of the tip 201 and/or the elongate member 203 may cause the filaments 1001 a , 1001 b to be in constrained straightened configurations.
- the deployed shape of the filaments 1001 a , 1001 b may be predetermined, or the filaments 1001 a , 1001 b may comprise (e.g., be made from) a material that may be shaped by a user prior to insertion.
- the filaments of other embodiments described herein e.g., FIGS. 3A , 3 C, 3 D, and 3 G- 3 I
- the curved filaments 1001 a , 1001 b of FIG. 10 are positioned in planes that include the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- the filaments 1001 a , 1001 b may be curved in other directions, such as in a corkscrew arrangement. This may be beneficial to assist the filaments in remaining anchored to the tissue during delivery of RF energy.
- the curved filaments 1001 a , 1001 b of FIG. 10 may be operable to produce a lesion that is flatter in a plane perpendicular to the central longitudinal axis 223 than, for example, the straight filaments 206 a , 206 b of FIG. 6 .
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b are illustrated as running the entire length of the elongate member 203 from the filament hub 221 to the tip 201 .
- a single member may run along at least part of the elongate member 203 and the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be interconnected to the single member at a point proximal to the tip 201 .
- the illustrated embodiments show all of the filaments of a given embodiment as commonly deployed or retracted.
- one or more filaments may be individually deployed and/or retracted.
- a plurality of filaments may exit from the tip at a common location and form a fan-like arrangement as they are deployed.
- the filaments may be deployed by pulling the tip back relative to the filaments (e.g., movement of the tip relative to stationary filaments). Movement of the tip rather than the filaments may be advantageous, for example, in embodiments in which the needle is initially advanced until in contact with bone to ensure proper positioning relative to target tissue, and then the tip may be retracted, leaving the filaments (e.g., curved shape memory filaments) in a precise, known position. In some embodiments, the filaments may be deployed by advancing the filaments and retracting the tip.
- the hub 204 may be fixedly attached to the elongate member 203 .
- the hub 204 may be the primary portion of the needle 103 gripped by the user during insertion and manipulation of the needle 103 .
- the hub 204 may include an asymmetric feature, such as an indicator 225 , that is in a known orientation relative to the asymmetry of the tip 201 .
- the indicator 225 may be used to communicate to the user the orientation of the tip 201 within a patient.
- the indicator 225 is fixed at an orientation circumferentially opposite to the filament slots 304 a , 304 b .
- the hub 204 may include a cavity 213 sized to house a longitudinal protrusion 218 of the actuator 216 .
- the hub 204 may include a hole through which a projection 215 may project into the interior of the cavity 213 to control the motion of the actuator 216 relative to the hub 204 and to secure the actuator 216 to the hub 204 .
- the hub 204 may comprise (e.g., be made from) any appropriate material (e.g., a thermoset plastic, Makrolon® 2548, available from Bayer).
- the actuator 216 may be used to control the motion to deploy and/or retract the filaments 206 a , 206 b .
- the actuator 216 is operable to move relative to the hub 204 , the elongate member 203 , and the tip 201 (e.g., parallel to the central longitudinal axis 223 ).
- the actuator 216 includes the longitudinal protrusion 218 extending into the cavity 213 of the hub 204 .
- the outer surface of the longitudinal protrusion 218 includes a helical track 219 sized to accommodate the projection 215 .
- the helical track 219 and the projection 215 combine to cause the actuator 216 to move longitudinally (e.g., parallel to the central longitudinal axis 223 ).
- the actuator 216 comprises an interface portion 217 that may be gripped by a user when rotating the actuator 216 .
- the interface portion 217 may be knurled or otherwise textured to enhance the user's ability to rotate the actuator 216 .
- the hub 204 may also include a textured or shaped feature (e.g., the indicator 225 ) configured to enhance the user's ability to rotate the actuator 216 relative to the hub 204 .
- the longitudinal protrusion 218 of the actuator 216 may include an inner cavity 226 sized to accept a filament hub 221 and to allow the filament hub 221 to rotate freely relative to the actuator 216 .
- the linear motion of the actuator 216 may be transmitted to the filament hub 221 while the rotational motion of the actuator 216 may not be transmitted to the filament hub 221
- the actuator 216 may include a Luer fitting 220 or any other appropriate fitting type on a proximal end thereof.
- the Luer fitting 220 may be in fluid communication with the lumen 222 and provide a connection such that fluid may be delivered into the lumen 222 and to the fluid port 210 of the tip 201 , 211 .
- the Luer fitting 220 may also be configured to allow for the insertion of the RF probe 401 into the lumen 222 .
- the actuator 216 may comprise any appropriate material (e.g., Pro-fax 6523 polypropylene homopolymer, available from LyondellBasell Industries).
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be fixedly interconnected to the filament hub 221 .
- the longitudinal movement of the filament hub 221 due to the actuator 216 may be communicated to the filaments 206 a , 206 b to deploy and retract the filaments 206 a , 206 b upon rotation of the actuator 216 .
- the filament hub 221 may comprise any appropriate material (e.g., Pro-fax 6523 polypropylene homopolymer, available from LyondellBasell Industries).
- the user can deploy or retract the filaments 206 a , 206 b by twisting or rotating the actuator 216 .
- a counterclockwise (as seen from the viewpoint of FIG. 5 ) rotation of the actuator 216 relative to the hub 204 will result in the deployment (extension) of the filaments 206 a , 206 b
- a clockwise rotation of the actuator 216 relative to the hub 204 will result in the retraction of the filaments 206 a , 206 b.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be partially deployed or retracted by partially rotating the actuator 216 relative to the hub 204 .
- the actuator 216 and/or the hub 204 may include markings to indicate the position of the filaments 206 a , 206 b (e.g., the depth or extent of deployment).
- the actuator 216 and/or the hub 204 may include detents to provide audible and/or tactile feedback of the position of the filaments 206 a , 206 b.
- the filaments may be deployed at the user's discretion to a deployed position proximal to, at, or distal to a plane perpendicular or transverse to the central longitudinal axis 223 at the point 301 , 312 .
- full (e.g., 3/3) rotation of the actuator 216 may deploy the filaments in a fully deployed position that is distal to a plane perpendicular or transverse to the central longitudinal axis 223 at the point 301 , 312
- partial (e.g., 2/3) rotation of the actuator 216 may deploy the filaments in a partially deployed position that is at a plane perpendicular or transverse to the central longitudinal axis 223 at the point 301 , 312
- partial (e.g., 1/3) rotation of the actuator 216 may deploy the filaments in a partially deployed position that is proximal to a plane perpendicular or transverse to the central longitudinal axis 223 at the point 301 , 312 .
- the actuator 216 and/or the hub 204 may include features such as stops or detents to provide audible and/or tactile feedback regarding the extent of deployment (e.g., at 0/3, 1/3, 2/3, and 3/3) and/or the position of the filaments 206 a , 206 b (e.g., fully retracted, 1/3 deployed, 2/3 deployed, and fully deployed). Other fractions are also possible, including fractions at uneven intervals (e.g., a combination of 1/3, 1/2, and 4/5). In certain embodiments, selectable controlled partial deployment allows for controlled adaptation of the lesion to any particular shape and/or conformance of the filaments to a specific anatomy (e.g., boney anatomy).
- a specific anatomy e.g., boney anatomy
- FIGS. 17A-17E illustrate components of the mechanism at the proximal end 205 of the needle 103 of FIG. 2D .
- the mechanism may also be used, for example, with the needle 103 of FIG. 2A and other needles described herein.
- the components described with respect to FIGS. 17A-17E may include features described herein with respect to FIGS. 2B and 2C , and the components described herein, for example with respect to FIGS. 2B and 2C may include features described herein with respect to FIGS. 17A-17E . Combinations of components are also possible.
- FIG. 17A is an exploded view of components of the deployment mechanism of FIG. 2D .
- the mechanism comprises an advancing hub or slide member 1710 , a spin collar or actuator 1720 , and a main hub 1730 .
- FIG. 17B is a cross-sectional view of the advancing hub 1710 , the spin collar 1720 , and the main hub 1730 assembled together, as well as half of the wire 206 illustrated in FIG. 2E .
- the advancing hub 1710 includes a stem or longitudinal protrusion 1712 .
- the spin collar 1720 includes a lumen 1721 extending from the proximal end to the distal end.
- the main hub 1730 includes a lumen 1731 extending from the proximal end to the distal end.
- the stem 1712 of the advancing hub 1710 When assembled, the stem 1712 of the advancing hub 1710 is in the lumen 1721 of the spin collar 1720 and in the lumen 1731 of the main hub 1730 .
- the advancing hub 1710 may include an annular protrusion 1714 that may interact with an annular protrusion of the spin collar 1720 (e.g., the annular protrusion 1714 having a larger diameter than the annular protrusion 1724 ) to inhibit the stem 1712 from exiting the proximal end of the lumen 1721 .
- the annular protrusions 1714 , 1724 include tapered surfaces that may interact to allow insertion of the stem 1712 and the annular protrusion 1714 into the lumen 1721 and perpendicular surfaces to inhibit the annular protrusion 1714 and the stem 1712 from exiting the proximal end of the lumen 1721 .
- the main hub 1730 includes a stem or longitudinal protrusion 1734 . When assembled, the stem 1734 of the main hub 1730 is in the lumen 1721 of the spin collar 1720 . Other interactions between the advancing hub 1710 , the spin collar 1720 , and the main hub 1730 are described herein, for example with respect to FIGS. 17C-17E .
- FIG. 17C is a perspective view of an example embodiment of the advancing hub 1710 and the wire 206 of FIG. 2E .
- the stem 1712 of the advancing hub 1710 comprises a U-shaped recess 1713 configured to interact with the bent proximal portion of the wire 206 .
- Other shapes of the recess 1713 are also possible (e.g., V-shaped).
- the recess 1713 may complement the shape of the proximal end of the wire 206 .
- the width of the recess 1713 is slightly smaller (e.g., about 0.001 inches (approx. about 0.025 mm) smaller) than the diameter of the wire 206 such that after being press-fit, the wire 206 is fixedly interconnected to the advancing hub 1710 .
- the stem 1712 is shaped as illustrated in FIG. 17C , including a perpendicular or transverse cross-section that includes flat surfaces (e.g., the surface comprising the top of the recess 1713 ) and arcuate surfaces, for example an ellipse with squared ends.
- the lumen 1731 of the main hub 1730 may comprise complementary surfaces, for example in a wider proximal portion, such that when the stem 1712 is in the lumen 1731 , the advancing hub 1710 is in a fixed rotational position relative to the main hub 1710 .
- Other shapes and rotational fixation configurations are also possible.
- the proximal end of the advancing hub 1710 comprises a fitting 220 (e.g., a Luer fitting or any other appropriate fitting). When assembled, the fitting 220 is proximal to the spin collar 1720 .
- the advancing hub 1710 comprises a lumen 1711 extending from the proximal end to the distal end.
- a fluid delivery device such as a syringe may be attached to the fitting 220 to deliver fluid through the lumen 1711 and then through the lumen 1731 of the main hub, the lumen 308 of the elongate member 203 , the lumen 306 c of the tip 211 , and out the fluid port 210 of the tip 211 .
- the RF probe 401 may be inserted into the lumen 1711 , then into the lumen 1731 of the main hub, then into the lumen 308 of the elongate member 203 , then into the lumen 306 c of the tip 211 .
- the RF probe 401 may include a fitting configured to interact with the fitting 220 .
- the lumen 1711 may include a wide diameter portion in the area of the fitting 220 and a narrow diameter portion in the area of the stem 1712 , and a tapered surface 1715 transitioning from the wide diameter portion to the narrow diameter portion.
- the tapered surface 1715 may help direct fluid and/or an RF probe 401 into the narrow diameter portion.
- the narrow diameter portion of the lumen 1711 has a diameter between about 0.005 inches and about 0.05 inches (approx. between about 0.13 mm and about 1.3 mm), between about 0.01 inches and about 0.03 inches (approx. between about 0.25 mm and about 0.76 mm), between about 0.015 inches and about 0.025 inches (approx. between about 0.38 mm and about 0.64 mm) (e.g., about 0.02 inches (approx. about 0.5 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like.
- the narrow diameter portion of the lumen 1711 has a diameter that is no larger than the diameter of any other lumen of the needle 103 such that fluid pressure will default to the distal end of the needle 103 .
- the narrow diameter portion of the lumen 1711 may have a diameter of about 0.02 inches (approx. about 0.5 mm)
- the narrow diameter portion of the lumen 1731 may have a diameter of about 0.05 inches (approx. about 1.3 mm)
- the lumen 308 of the elongate member 203 may have a diameter of about 0.05 inches (approx. about 1.3 mm)
- the lumen 306 c may have a width of about 0.02 inches (approx. about 0.5 mm).
- the lumen 306 c may be slightly smaller than the narrow diameter portion of the lumen 1711 and have the same effect, for example due to small losses of fluid through the lumens 306 a , 306 b and out the filament ports 304 a , 304 b , which may be acceptable because anesthesia and dye, for example, may permeate through fluid and proximate to the filament ports 304 a , 304 b even if substantially only dispensed from the fluid port 210 .
- the advancing hub 1710 comprises a polymer (e.g., Pro-fax 6523 polypropylene homopolymer, available from LyondellBasell Industries).
- FIG. 17D is a cross-sectional view of an example embodiment of a spin collar 1720 .
- the cross-section is along the same line as in FIG. 17B , but further features are visible because not blocked by the advancing hub 1710 or the main hub 1730 .
- the lumen 1721 is configured to at least partially contain the stem 1712 and the stem 1734 , and not to contact fluid or an RF probe 401 .
- the lumen 1721 comprises a helical track 1722 sized to interact with a corresponding helical thread 1735 ( FIG. 17A ) on the stem 1734 of the main hub 1730 .
- the spin collar 1720 is rotated relative to the main hub 1730 (e.g., by a user stabilizing the needle and gripping the main hub 1730 with the non-dominant hand and manipulating the spin collar 1720 with the dominant hand), for example, to deploy the filaments 206 a , 206 b , the helical track 1722 and the helical thread 1735 interact to cause the spin collar 1720 and the advancing hub 1710 to move longitudinally parallel to the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- a linear motion of the advancing hub 1710 relative to the main hub 1730 may be created while the rotational motion of the spin collar 1720 may not be transmitted to the advancing hub 1710 and the main hub 1730 .
- between about 1.25 turns and about 1.5 turns of the spin collar 1720 fully deploys the filaments 206 a , 206 b . In some embodiments, between about 0.75 turns and about 1.25 turns (e.g., one 360° rotation) of the spin collar 1720 fully deploys the filaments 206 a , 206 b .
- the configuration of the helical track 1722 and the helical thread 1735 may be adjusted to provide varying levels of filament deployment with varying levels of rotation of the spin collar 1720 .
- An outer surface of the spin collar 1720 may be textured or include features 1723 to assist the user in gripping and twisting or rotating the spin collar 1720 relative to the main hub 1730 .
- the spin collar comprises the helical thread 1735 and the main hub 1730 comprises the helical track 1722 .
- the spin collar 1720 comprises a polymer (e.g., Pro-fax 6523 polypropylene homopolymer, available from LyondellBasell Industries).
- FIG. 17E is a cross-sectional view of an example embodiment of the main hub 1730 , taken along the line 17 E- 17 E of FIG. 17B , in exploded view with an example embodiment of an elongate member 203 .
- the proximal end of the elongate member 203 to the right in FIG. 17E , includes a partial circumferential portion 1736 .
- the distal end lumen 1731 of the main hub 1730 includes a complementary partial circumferential portion 1737 .
- the partial circumferential portions 1736 , 1737 can cause the elongate member 203 to be in a fixed and known rotational orientation with the main hub 1730 , for example after assembly because the relative position of the indicator 1733 and the partial circumferential portion 1737 is known.
- the distal end of the elongate member 203 includes the filament ports 304 a , 304 b on the same side as the partial circumferential portion 1736 .
- Other partial circumferential portions and other complementary shapes are also possible.
- the partial circumferential portions may comprise interlocking teeth.
- the thickness of the partial circumferential portion 1737 is substantially the same as the thickness of the walls of the elongate member 1736 to provide a smooth transition between the lumen 1731 and the lumen 308 .
- the main hub 1730 comprises clear polycarbonate (e.g., thermoset plastic such as Makrolon® 2548, available from Bayer).
- the elongate member comprises a hypotube (e.g., comprising 300 Series Stainless Steel) with features such as the filament ports 304 a , 304 b and the partial circumferential portion 1736 cut out (e.g., by laser, mechanical, chemical, or other cutting methods).
- a hypotube e.g., comprising 300 Series Stainless Steel
- features such as the filament ports 304 a , 304 b and the partial circumferential portion 1736 cut out (e.g., by laser, mechanical, chemical, or other cutting methods).
- the mechanism includes a spring configured to bias the filaments 206 a , 206 b toward a predetermined position (e.g., fully deployed, fully retracted), analogous to a spring loaded mechanism used in retractable ballpoint pens.
- the mechanism may include a roller wheel, for example incorporated into the hub 204 , that would advance or retract the filaments 206 a , 206 b upon rotation, for example with a user's thumb.
- the hub 204 and the actuator 216 may interact via complimentary threaded features.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b would advance, and as the actuator 216 is threaded out of the hub 204 , the filaments 206 a , 206 b would retract.
- a Touhy-Borst type mechanism could be incorporated to control the deployment and retraction of the filaments 206 a , 206 b .
- Any other appropriate mechanism for controlling linear motion of the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be incorporated into the needle 103 .
- Any of the mechanisms described herein may be used for controlling deployment and retraction of the filaments of any of the embodiments described herein.
- the mechanisms illustrated in FIGS. 2A-2D and 17 A- 17 E may be used to deploy and retract the filaments in FIGS. 3A , 3 C, 3 D, 3 G- 3 I, and 5 - 10 .
- FIG. 2C is a partial cut away and partial cross-sectional view of a portion of an alternate embodiment of a mechanism 230 comprising a hub 231 and actuator 232 that may be part of a needle 103 used in an RF neurotomy procedure.
- the hub 231 may be fixedly attached to the elongate member 203 .
- the hub 231 may be the primary portion of the needle 103 gripped by the user during insertion and manipulation of the needle 103 .
- the hub 231 may include an asymmetric feature, such as an indicator 233 , that is in an known orientation relative to the asymmetry of the tip 201 .
- the indicator 233 may be used to communicate to the user the orientation of the tip 201 within a patient.
- the hub 231 may include a cavity 234 sized to house a longitudinal protrusion 235 of a slide member 236 .
- the longitudinal protrusion 235 may include a keyway or key slot 237 that may run along a longitudinal direction of the longitudinal protrusion 235 .
- the internal surface of the hub 231 through which the longitudinal protrusion 235 moves may include a mating key (not shown) configured to fit and slide in the key slot 237 . Together, the key slot 237 and mating key of the hub 231 may limit the slide member 236 to a linear motion parallel to the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be fixedly connected to the longitudinal protrusion 235 of the slide member 236 for longitudinal movement therewith.
- distal movement e.g., movement to the right as shown in FIG. 2C
- distal movement of the longitudinal protrusion 235 relative to the hub 231 may cause extension of the filaments 206 a , 206 b relative to the hub 231 , the elongate member 203 , and the tip 201 .
- distal movement of the longitudinal protrusion 235 may move the filaments 206 a , 206 b from a retracted position to a deployed position.
- proximal movement e.g., movement to the left as shown in FIG. 2C
- proximal movement of the longitudinal protrusion 235 relative to the hub 231 may result in retraction of the filaments 206 a , 206 b relative to the hub 231 , the elongate member 203 , and the tip 201 .
- the hub 231 may be made from any appropriate material (e.g., a thermoset plastic, Makrolon® 2548, available from Bayer).
- the hub 231 may be at least partially transparent such that the position of the longitudinal protrusion 235 and/or other components of the hub 231 may be observable by a user.
- the hub 231 may further include demarcations (e.g., molded or printed marks) such that the amount of extension of the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be determined from the position of the longitudinal protrusion 235 and/or other components relative to the demarcations.
- An actuator 232 may be used to control the motion to deploy and/or retract the filaments 206 a , 206 b fixedly connected to the longitudinal protrusion 235 .
- the actuator 232 may be generally tubular such that it fits around a longitudinal hub projection 238 projecting from the proximal end of the hub 231 . At least a portion of the cavity 234 may be in the longitudinal hub projection 238 .
- the actuator 232 may also include an annular feature 239 configured to fit in an annular slot 240 in the slide member 236 .
- the annular feature 239 may be sized relative to the annular slot 240 such that the actuator 232 may rotate relative to the slide member 236 about the central longitudinal axis 223 or an axis parallel thereto while the position of the actuator 232 relative to the slide member 236 along the central longitudinal axis 223 remains fixed.
- the actuator 232 and the slide member 236 may be configured to move in tandem relation along the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- the annular feature 239 and annular slot 240 may be configured such that, during assembly, the actuator 232 may be pressed onto the slide member 236 and the annular feature 239 may snap into the annular slot 240 .
- the inner surface of the actuator 232 may include a helical track 241 sized to accommodate a corresponding mating helical thread 242 on the longitudinal hub projection 238 .
- the helical track 241 and the helical thread 242 interact to cause the actuator 232 and the slide member 236 to move longitudinally along the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- a linear motion of the slide member 236 relative to the hub 231 may be created while the rotational motion of the actuator 232 may not be transmitted to the slide member 236 and the hub 231 .
- An outer surface of the actuator 232 may be textured or include features to assist the user in gripping and twisting or rotating the actuator 232 relative to the hub 231 .
- the longitudinal hub projection 238 comprises the helical track 241 and the inner surface of the actuator 232 comprises the helical thread 242 .
- the proximal end of the slide member 236 may include a Luer fitting 243 or any other appropriate fitting type.
- the Luer fitting 243 may be in fluid communication with a lumen passing through the slide member 236 and may provide a connection such that fluid may be delivered through the Luer fitting 243 and into the lumen of the slide member 236 .
- the lumen of the slide member 236 may be in fluid communication with the cavity 234 of the hub 231 , which may in turn be in fluid communication with a lumen in the elongate member 223 (e.g., the lumen 222 ).
- the lumen in the elongate member 223 may be in fluid communication with the tip 201 (e.g., the fluid port 210 ).
- fluid may flow into the Luer fitting 243 , into and through the lumen in the slide member 236 , into and through the cavity 234 of the hub 231 , into and through the elongate member 223 , and out from fluid portion 210 of the tip 201 .
- the Luer fitting 243 , the lumen in the slide member 236 , the cavity 234 of the hub 231 , and the lumen of the elongate member 223 may all also be configured to allow for the insertion of the RF probe 401 therethrough.
- the protrusion 235 and the cavity 234 of the longitudinal hub projection 238 may be sized and/or configured to form a fluid seal therebetween, allowing fluid delivered under pressure through the Luer fitting 220 to flow through the cavity 238 and into the elongate member 203 substantially without leaking past the interface between the protrusion 235 and the cavity 234 of the longitudinal hub projection 238 .
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be fixedly interconnected to the slide member 236 . Axial movement of the slide member 236 due to the actuator 232 may be thereby communicated to the filaments 206 a , 206 b to deploy and retract the filaments 206 a , 206 b upon rotation of the actuator 232 .
- the slide member 236 may be made from any appropriate material (e.g., Pro-fax 6523 polypropylene homopolymer, available from LyondellBasell Industries).
- the actuator 232 may be made from any appropriate material (e.g., Pro-fax 6523 polypropylene homopolymer, available from LyondellBasell Industries).
- the user can deploy or retract the filaments 206 a , 206 b by twisting or rotating the actuator 232 .
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be partially deployed or retracted.
- the actuator 232 and/or hub 231 may include detents to provide audible and/or tactile feedback of the position of the filaments 206 a , 206 b .
- the detents may be configured such that audible and/or tactile feedback associated with engagement of a detent coincides with a predetermined amount of deployment or retraction of the filaments 206 a , 206 b , as described herein. In this regard, such audible and/or tactile feedback may be used in determining filament position.
- the needle 103 is a multipolar (e.g., bipolar) device in contrast to the monopolar devices described herein.
- the filaments are isolated from each other and/or from the tip to enable bipolar operation (e.g., the filaments having one polarity and the tip having a second polarity, one filament having one polarity and one filament and the tip having a second polarity, one filament having one polarity and one filament having a second polarity, etc.).
- the needle 103 comprises more than two filaments, elements may be included to allow for selection of the polarity of the certain filaments to aid in lesion shape, size, and/or position control.
- the needle 103 may be used in either a monopolar mode or in a bipolar mode as selected by the user.
- RF probes 401 may include shapes, insulating features, etc. configured to produce monopolarity or bipolarity.
- the herein-described embodiments of needles may be used in spinal RF neurotomy procedures, which will now be described.
- the patient may lie face down on a table so that the spine of the patient is accessible to the user.
- the user may use imaging equipment, such a fluoroscope, to visualize the patient's anatomy and/or to visualize the positioning of equipment (e.g., the needle relative to a target volume).
- the patient may be administered sedatives and/or intravenous fluids as appropriate.
- the skin of the patient surrounding the procedure location may be prepared and maintained using an appropriate sterile technique.
- a return electrode pad 104 may be attached to the patient.
- a local anesthetic may be injected subcutaneously where the needle will be inserted or along the approximate path of the needle, for example through the needle itself or through a different needle.
- the needle With the filaments in the retracted position, the needle may be introduced into the patient and moved to a target position relative to a target portion of a target nerve or to a target position relative to a target volume in which the target nerve is likely situated (all of which are generally referred to herein as the target nerve or portion of the target nerve).
- the target nerve may be an afferent nociceptive nerve such as, for example, a medial branch nerve proximate a lumbar facet joint.
- Introduction of the needle into the patient may include percutaneously using the tip of the needle to pierce the skin of the patient.
- the moving of the needle may include navigating toward the target position using fluoroscopic guidance.
- the moving of the needle may include advancing the needle to an intermediate position and then repositioning the needle to the target position.
- the needle may be advanced until it contacts a bone or other structure to achieve the intermediate position. This may be followed by retracting the needle a predetermined distance to achieve the target position. Such a procedure may be facilitated by the markers 224 or collar discussed herein.
- the needle may be used to inject an anesthetic and/or a dye proximate to the target nerve.
- the dye may increase contrast in fluoroscopic images to assist in visualizing the patient's anatomy, which may aid the user in guiding and/or verifying the position of the needle.
- the needle may be rotated about the central longitudinal axis of the elongate member of the needle to achieve a desired orientation relative to the target nerve.
- the needle may be rotated such that a lesion created with the needle with the filaments deployed will be offset from the central longitudinal axis toward the target nerve.
- Such rotation of the needle may be performed prior to insertion of the needle into the patient and/or after insertion into the patient.
- the user may rotate the needle prior to insertion such that the needle is generally in the desired rotational orientation.
- the user may fine tune the rotational orientation of the needle by rotating the needle to a more precise orientation.
- the hub or another portion of the needle outside the patient's body may indicate the rotational orientation of the needle.
- the next step may be to advance one or more filaments of the needle relative to the tip of the needle.
- the particular needle used for a procedure may have been selected to enable the creation of a particular sized and shaped lesion at a particular position relative to the needle.
- the particular needle used may be of any appropriate configuration discussed herein (e.g., any appropriate number of filaments, any appropriate filament positioning, monopolar or bipolar, any appropriate deployment and retraction mechanism, etc.).
- the advancement of filaments may include advancing the filaments such that when the filaments are in their respective deployed positions, a midpoint between a distal end of the first filament and a distal end of the second filament is offset from the central longitudinal axis of the needle, and the filament endpoints are distal to the tip of the needle.
- Such deployment may enable the needle to be used to create a lesion that is offset from the tip of the needle toward the midpoint between the deployed filament ends.
- the lesion created may also be positioned at least partially distal to the tip of the needle.
- FIG. 11A is an illustration of an example set of isotherms 1010 a - 1010 c that may be created with the needle 103 of FIG. 2A .
- RF energy emanating from the tip 201 and from the filaments 206 a , 206 b may produce a region of elevated temperature about the tip 201 and the filaments 206 a , 206 b .
- the isotherms 1010 a - 1010 c may be offset from the central longitudinal axis 223 such that a centroid of the isotherms as viewed in FIG.
- the centroid of the isotherms 1010 a - 1010 c as viewed in FIG. 11A may also be distal relative to the tip 201 and between the tip 201 and the distal ends of the deployed filaments 206 a , 206 b .
- the isotherms 1010 a - 1010 c may also be shaped such that, as viewed in FIG. 11A , the isotherms 1010 a - 1010 c have a maximum cross-sectional dimension along the central longitudinal axis 223 that is greater than a maximum cross dimension in the plane of FIG.
- the isotherms 1010 a - 1010 c may have a maximum cross-sectional dimension along the central longitudinal axis 223 that is greater than a maximum cross-sectional dimension perpendicular to the plane of FIG. 11A and perpendicular to the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- the offset of the centroid of the isotherms 1010 a - 1010 c from the central longitudinal axis 223 may result in greater lesion width in a plane perpendicular to the central longitudinal axis 223 , as compared to a similarly-sized straight needle with no filaments.
- the offset of the centroid of the isotherms 1010 a - 1010 c may also allow for projection of the centroid of a corresponding lesion volume in a direction away from the central longitudinal axis 223 .
- offsets may advantageously enable the execution of the example procedures described herein.
- Such offsets may advantageously enable the creation of lesion volumes distal (relative to the needle 103 ) to potentially interfering structures (e.g., an ossified process). Such offsets may advantageously enable the needle 103 to be inserted into a patient at a more desirable angle (e.g., closer to perpendicular to the surface of the patient such as within 30° of perpendicular to the surface of the patient), at a more desirable piercing location, and/or through more desirable tissue than may be attempted using a needle without offset lesion capabilities.
- FIG. 11B is an illustration of an example lesion 1011 that may be created with the needle 103 of FIG. 2A .
- the needle 103 has been placed perpendicular to a surface 1012 .
- the surface 1012 may, for example, be the surface of a bone, such as a lumbar vertebra.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b are deployed such they are proximate to the surface 1012 .
- contact with the surface 1012 might undesirably deform the filaments 206 a , 206 b , but such contact may be avoided, for example by the needle advancement and retraction procedures described herein.
- the lesion 1011 has a width along the surface 1012 that is wider than would be created by the needle 103 if the filaments 206 a , 206 b were not deployed.
- Such capabilities may, for example, be advantageous where a target structure (e.g., a nerve) is known to be positioned along the surface 1012 , but its exact position is unknown.
- the needle 103 may be positioned generally perpendicular to the surface 1012 to achieve the illustrated lesion width along the surface 1012 , whereas achieve the same lesion width along the surface 1012 using a the needle 103 without the filaments 206 a , 206 b deployed would require either multiple repositioning steps or placement of the needle 103 generally parallel to the surface 1012 .
- FIG. 11C is an illustration of an example lesion 1022 that may be created with a single-filament needle 1020 .
- the single-filament needle 1020 may be similar to the needle 103 , although the single-filament needle 1020 includes only a single filament 1021 .
- the filament 1021 may be configured similarly to the filaments 206 a , 206 b .
- the single-filament needle 1020 with the filament 1021 deployed may be operable to produce a lesion 1022 that is a flattened version (e.g., thinner in a direction perpendicular to the central longitudinal axis 223 , which is the left to right direction as illustrated in FIG.
- a lesion that may be produced by the needle 103 with two filaments 206 a , 206 b deployed.
- the capability to produce such a lesion shape may be beneficial when it is desirable to have a relatively large lesion in a particular direction (e.g., to compensate for the variability of location of a target nerve) and a relatively small lesion width in another direction (e.g., to avoid a structure such as viscera or a patient's skin).
- certain embodiments of the needle 103 may allow differential or selective deployment and/or activation of the filaments 206 a , 206 b such that the needle 103 may imitate the single-filament needle 1020 .
- the advancement of filaments may include advancing the filaments such that when the filaments are in their respective deployed positions, the distal ends of all of the filaments are on a common side of the central plane.
- Such deployment may enable the needle to be used to create a lesion that is offset from the tip of the needle to the same side of the central plane as the deployed filament ends.
- the lesion created may also be positioned at least partially distal to the tip of the needle.
- the advancement of filaments may include advancing the filaments such that when the filaments are in their respective deployed positions, each filament distal end defines a vertex of a polygon whose centroid is offset from a central longitudinal axis of the needle.
- Such deployment may enable the needle to be used to create a lesion that is offset from the tip of the needle toward the centroid.
- the lesion created may also be positioned at least partially distal to the tip of the needle.
- the advancement of the filaments may be achieved using any of the mechanisms discussed herein. For example, in the embodiment of FIG. 2A , rotating the actuator 216 relative to the hub 204 may cause the filaments to advance to the deployed position. The advancement of the filaments may be performed such that each of the plurality of filaments passes through a surface of the needle that is parallel to the central longitudinal axis of the needle. In some embodiments, the filaments of the needle may be advanced to a position that is an intermediate position between the retracted position and the fully deployed position. The degree of deployment may be based on the desired lesion size and/or the accuracy of the placement of needle.
- the same needle may be used in two different procedures where the variability of the location of a target nerve is greater in the first procedure than it is in the second procedure.
- the greater deployment of the filaments may be used in the first procedure, whereas in the second procedure, a smaller degree of deployment may be used since a smaller lesion may suffice to ensure that the target nerve has been ablated.
- the position of the needle may be determined to be slightly offset from a target position.
- the filaments may be deployed to a greater degree than would have been required if the needle were placed exactly on target.
- the greater degree of deployment may be used to compensate for the needle positioning inaccuracy. In such a case, needle repositioning and possible associated trauma may be avoided.
- an imaging system e.g., using a fluoroscope
- Proper filament positioning may also be verified by using the needle to stimulate the target nerve.
- an electrical signal e.g., up to about 2 volts applied at about 2 Hz
- an electrical signal may be applied to the needle and the user may observe any related patient movement (e.g., muscle fasciculation in the territory supplied by the nerve).
- an electrical signal e.g., up to about 1 volt applied at about 50 Hz
- the patient may indicate if they feel any associated sensations and their locations to assist in verifying correct needle positioning.
- Such stimulation may be used to stimulate a targeted nerve to determine if the deployed position is adequate to achieve denervation of the targeted nerve. In this regard, it is desirable for the stimulation to affect the targeted nerve.
- increased energy may be applied to ablate a volume comprising the target nerve.
- Such stimulation may also be used to attempt to stimulate a nerve that is not targeted for denervation (e.g., a nerve where no denervation is desired) to determine the position of the needle relative to such a non-targeted nerve.
- a nerve that is not targeted for denervation e.g., a nerve where no denervation is desired
- the stimulation signal does not stimulate the non-targeted nerve
- the user may determine that the position of the needle relative to the non-targeted nerve is such that the application of ablation energy to the needle will not result in significant damage to (e.g., ablation of) the non-targeted nerve.
- the stimulation stimulates the non-targeted nerve (e.g., as determined by user observation and/or patient reporting)
- the needle may be repositioned to avoid damaging the non-targeted nerve. In this regard, it is desirable for the stimulation not to affect the non-targeted nerve.
- an anesthetic may be injected through the needle, for example out of at least one of the fluid port 210 , 320 , the filament ports 304 a , 304 b , 318 a , 318 b , the lumen 306 c , etc.
- the next step may be to apply RF energy to the needle using the interconnected RF generator.
- the RF probe may be inserted into a lumen of the needle prior to application of the RF energy.
- the application of RF energy may include applying RF energy to the RF probe and conducting the RF energy away from the probe by the tip and/or filaments.
- the resultant RF energy emanating from the tip and/or the filaments may generate heat that ablates the target nerve.
- ablation may be achieved by creating a lesion volume that includes the target nerve. It is desired that the target nerve be completely ablated to prevent incomplete neurotomy which may result in dysesthesia and/or patient discomfort.
- a lesion with a maximum cross-sectional dimension between about 8 mm and about 10 mm may be created. Larger or smaller lesions may be created by varying filament characteristics (e.g., filament advancement distance) and/or RF energy levels.
- the created lesion may be offset from the central longitudinal axis of the needle. The center of the lesion may be distal to the tip of the needle.
- a particularly sized lesion may be created with a lower peak temperature (the maximum temperature experienced in the patient) than would be possible if a needle without filaments or without deployed filaments were to be used to create the same-sized lesion.
- a particular lesion may be achieved with the needle with deployed filaments where the peak temperature is between about 55° C. and about 60° C. or less than about 70° C.
- creation of the same lesion using a needle without filaments or without deployed filaments could require a peak temperature of about 80° C.
- Such lower temperature lesions achievable by a needle with deployed filaments may result in greater patient safety and/or procedure tolerance.
- a temperature sensor e.g., thermocouple
- a temperature sensor at or near the tip of the needle may be used to monitor the temperature at or near the tip.
- Such readings may be used as control signals (e.g., a feedback loop) to control the application of RF energy to the needle.
- control signals and/or temperature data may be used for closed-loop control of the needle 103 by automatic adjustment of a parameter (e.g., frequency, wattage, and/or application duration of the RF energy, and/or filament deployment length, needle position, etc.) upon detection of a temperature.
- Feedback loops involving the user are also possible.
- the spinal RF neurotomy procedure may continue.
- the distal end 402 of the RF probe 401 is a dual-purpose wire that can deliver RF energy to the tip and/or the filaments and that can act as a thermocouple (e.g., having thermosensing properties).
- the procedure may continue as follows. First, after the initial RF energy application, the filaments may be retracted into the needle. Once retracted, the needle may be rotated, and the filaments redeployed. The redeployment may have the same characteristics (e.g., length of the deployed portions of the filaments) as the original deployment or different characteristics. Next, the reoriented needle may be used to at least partially ablate the additional target nerve or target volume.
- Such retargeting of ablation volumes without repositioning may result in reduced patient trauma as compared to known spinal RF neurotomy procedures, which may require removal and reinsertion of a needle to achieve lesioning of the second target volume.
- retargeting of ablation volumes without repositioning e.g., with only rotation of the needle, without additional tissue piercing
- Such retargeting of ablation volumes without repositioning may result in the ability to create uniquely shaped lesions from a single insertion position.
- Such shaped lesions may include, for example, lesions that are in the shape of two or more intersecting spheres or oblong spheroids.
- the steps of retracting the filaments, rotating the needle, redeploying the filaments, and applying RF energy may be repeated a plurality of times.
- an second ablation volume may be defined without rotating the needle, but by different deployment characteristics (e.g., lengths, RF energy parameters, etc.) of the filaments.
- the needle may be repositioned. Such repositioning may include partially or fully removing the needle from the patient and then repositioning the needle and repeating the herein-described steps.
- the second ablation is performed using a different needle (e.g., a needle with different properties (e.g., longer filaments)) than the original needle.
- the filaments of the needle may be retracted, and the needle may be removed from the patient. After removal of the needle, a sterile bandage may be placed over the needle insertion site or sites. The patient may then be held for observation and recovery from the effects of any sedative that may have been administered.
- spinal RF neurotomy procedures Examples of specific spinal RF neurotomy procedures will now be described. Generally, steps unique to each procedure will be discussed while steps common to any spinal RF neurotomy procedure (e.g., site preparation such as infiltrating the skin and subcutaneous tissues with 1.5% lidocaine to achieve skin anesthesia, nicking the skin to facilitate needle insertion, insertion monitoring with fluoroscopy, stimulation, etc., filament deployment mechanics, needle removal, and the like) will not be further discussed.
- Each of the procedures is described as being performed with a needle comprising two filaments offset from the central longitudinal axis, for example as described herein. It will be appreciated that the variations in needle configuration discussed herein may be used in these procedures.
- curved filaments e.g., as illustrated in FIG. 10
- partially insulated filaments e.g., as illustrated in FIGS. 3H and 3I
- curved filaments e.g., as illustrated in FIG. 10
- partially insulated filaments e.g., as illustrated in FIGS. 3H and 3I
- FIGS. 3H and 3I may be used to create a lesion different properties (e.g., greater offset from the central longitudinal axis).
- Lumbar RF Neurotomy of a Medial Branch Nerve Proximate a Lumbar Facet Joint 1.
- This process may include using a needle that enables the creation of lesions that are offset from the central longitudinal axis.
- the procedure will be described as being performed on the L5 vertebra 1101 of FIG. 12 and the needle 103 of FIG. 2A . It should be understood that other embodiments of needles described herein and/or other lumbar vertebra may be used in the described procedure or variations thereof.
- the lumbar RF neurotomy process may include positioning the tip 201 of the needle 103 (e.g., using fluoroscopic navigation) such that the tip 201 is in contact with, or proximate to, the groove 1102 between the transverse process 1103 and the superior articular process 1104 of the targeted lumbar vertebra 1101 . Such positioning is shown in FIG. 12 . By contacting the lumbar vertebra 1101 , a positive determination of the position of the needle 103 may be made.
- such positioning may be performed such that the needle 103 is within 30° of being perpendicular to the lumber vertebra 1101 at the point of contact with the lumbar vertebra 1101 , or at the point of the lumbar vertebra 1101 closest to the tip 201 of the needle 103 .
- the needle 103 may be retracted a predetermined amount (e.g., between about 3 mm and about 5 mm), for example as measured by markers 224 on the needle 103 , as determined using the collar about the elongated member 203 discussed herein, and/or by fluoroscopic navigation.
- the process may include rotating the needle 103 such that the midpoint 502 is oriented toward the superior articular process 1104 and a medial branch nerve 1105 that is positioned along a lateral face 1106 of the superior articular process 1104 .
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be advanced to the deployed position, as shown in FIG. 12 .
- the positions of the needle 103 and the deployed filaments 206 a , 206 b may be verified using fluoroscopy and/or patient stimulation (e.g., motor and/or sensory).
- the RF probe 401 may then be inserted into the lumen 222 such that RF energy emanating from the probe 103 will be conducted by the tip 201 and filaments 206 a , 206 b to the target medial branch nerve 1105 and away from the intermediate branch of the posterior primary ramus.
- RF energy may be applied to the RF probe 401 .
- the RF energy emanating from the needle 103 may be preferentially biased toward the target medial branch nerve 1105 .
- the lesion created by such a procedure may, for example, have a maximum cross-sectional dimension of between about 8 mm and about 10 mm, and may ablate a corresponding portion of the medial branch nerve 1105 , thus denervating the facet joint.
- the needle may be operable to create a generally symmetric lesion relative to its central longitudinal axis (e.g., as illustrated in FIG. 9 ).
- the sequence of steps may include insert needle, deploy filaments, and apply RF energy.
- the needle may be inserted to be along the length of a portion of the nerve (as illustrated by needle 103 ′ outlined by broken lines). Such positioning may be similar to known methods of RF neurotomy performed using needles without filaments. After positioning the needle, the filaments may be deployed and a lesion may be created. As noted herein, a needle with deployable filaments that is capable of producing a lesion equivalent to that of a needle without deployable filaments may be smaller in diameter than the needle without deployable filaments. Although positioning of the needle 103 ′ may be similar to known processes, the process utilizing the needle 103 ′ with deployable filaments may cause less trauma and be safer than procedures using a needle without deployable filaments due to the smaller size of the needle with deployable filaments.
- the peak temperatures capable of producing the desired lesion volume may be less when using the needle 103 ′ with deployable filaments as compared to a needle without deployable filaments, further contributing to patient safety.
- the filaments of the needle 103 ′ may be partially or fully deployed to achieve a desired lesion location, shape, and/or size.
- needle 103 with the filaments 206 a , 206 b deployed may be used to create a lesion that approximates a lesion that would be created with the needle without filaments that is placed in the position of needle 103 ′ (e.g., parallel to the target nerve 1105 ).
- the placement of needle 103 generally perpendicular to the surface of the L5 vertebra 1101 may be less difficult to achieve than the parallel placement of the needle 103 ′.
- SIJ Sacroiliac Joint
- This process may include using a needle that enables the creation of lesions which are offset from the central longitudinal axis.
- the procedure will be described as being performed on the posterior rami 1201 of the SIJ of FIG. 12 and using the needle 103 of FIG. 2A . It should be understood that other embodiments of needles described herein and/or other portions of the SIJ may be used in the described procedure or variations thereof.
- a series of lesions in a series of lesion target volumes 1203 a - 1203 h may be desirable to create a series of lesions in a series of lesion target volumes 1203 a - 1203 h lateral to the sacral foramina 1211 , 1212 , 1213 of a side of the sacrum 1200 to ablate posterior rami 1201 that are responsible for relaying nociceptive signals from the SIJ. Since the exact positions of the rami 1201 may not be known, ablating such a series of target volumes 1203 a - 1203 h may accommodate the variations in rami 1201 positions.
- the series of target volumes 1203 a - 1203 h may be in the form of one or more interconnected individual target volumes, such as the target volumes 1203 a , 1203 b .
- the process further comprises forming a lesion 1208 between the L5 vertebra 1209 and the sacrum 1200 to ablate the L5 dorsal ramus.
- the SIJ RF neurotomy process may include positioning the tip 201 of the needle 103 (e.g., using fluoroscopic navigation) such that it is in contact with, or proximate to, and in lateral relation to the S1 posterior sacral foraminal aperture (PSFA) 1211 at a first point 1204 that is at the intersection of the two target volumes 1203 a , 1203 b .
- PSFA posterior sacral foraminal aperture
- Such positioning may be performed such that the needle 103 is oriented within 30° of being perpendicular to the sacrum 1200 at the point of contact (or at the point of the sacrum 1200 closest to the tip 201 of the needle 103 ).
- a positive determination of the position of the needle 103 may be made.
- the needle 103 may be retracted a predetermined amount (e.g., between about 3 mm and about 5 mm) as measured, for example, by markers 224 on the needle 103 , as determined using the collar about the elongated member 203 discussed herein, and/or by fluoroscopic navigation.
- a contralateral posterior oblique view may be obtained to ascertain that the tip 201 has not entered the spinal canal.
- a fluoroscopic view may be obtained looking down the length of the needle 103 to verify that the needle 103 is properly offset from the S1 PSFA 1211 and/or a fluoroscopic view may be obtained looking perpendicular to the central longitudinal axis 223 to verify that the needle 103 is not below the surface of the sacrum (e.g., in the S1 PSFA 1211 ).
- An electrical signal may be applied to the needle 103 to stimulate nerves proximate to the tip 201 to verify correct needle 103 placement.
- the SIJ RF neurotomy process may include rotating the needle 103 such that the midpoint 502 is oriented toward the first target volume 1203 a in the direction of arrow 1205 a .
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be advanced to the deployed position.
- the position of the needle 103 and the deployed filaments 206 a , 206 b may be verified using fluoroscopy and/or stimulation (e.g., motor and/or sensory).
- the RF probe 401 may be inserted into the lumen 222 before, during, and/or after filament deployment such that RF energy emanating from the needle 103 will be conducted by the tip 201 and the filaments 206 a , 206 b to the first target volume 1203 a .
- RF energy may be applied to the RF probe 401 .
- the RF energy emanating from the needle 103 may be preferentially biased toward the first target volume 1203 a .
- the lesion created by such an application of RF energy may, for example, have a maximum cross-sectional dimension of between about 8 mm and about 10 mm, and may ablate a corresponding portion of the rami 1201 .
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be retracted and the needle 103 may be rotated approximately 180° such that the midpoint 502 is oriented toward the second target volume 1203 b in the direction of arrow 1205 b
- some lateral repositioning of the needle may be performed (e.g., without any needle pull back or with a small amount of needle pull back and reinsertion).
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be advanced to the deployed position.
- the position of the needle 103 and the deployed filaments 206 a , 206 b may be verified using fluoroscopy and/or stimulation (e.g., motor and/or sensory).
- the RF probe 401 may remain in the lumen 222 during the repositioning, or may be removed and then reinserted. Next, RF energy may be applied to the RF probe 401 to create a lesion corresponding to the second target volume 1203 b.
- two interconnected lesions (which may also be considered to be a single oblong lesion) may be created.
- the number of probe repositioning steps may be greatly reduced, reducing patient trauma and procedure duration.
- a continuous region of lesioning may be achieved about the S1 PSFA 1211 such that the lesion occupies a volume surrounding the S1 PSFA 1211 from about the 2:30 clock position to about the 5:30 clock position (as viewed in FIG. 13 ).
- Such lesioning may help to achieve denervation of the posterior rami proximate to the S1 PSFA 1211 .
- the herein procedure may be repeated as appropriate to create lesions corresponding to the entire series of target volumes 1203 a - 1203 h , thus denervating the SIJ.
- a first insertion may ablate the volumes 1203 a , 1203 b
- a second insertion may ablate the volumes 1203 c , 1203 d
- a third insertion may ablate the volumes 1203 e , 1203 f
- a fourth insertion may ablate the volumes 1203 g , 1203 h .
- a similar continuous region of lesioning may be achieved about the S2 PSFA 1212 and a region of lesioning from about the 12:00 clock position to about the 3:00 clock position (as viewed in FIG.
- a lesion 1208 may also be created at the base of the superior articular process of the L5 1209 dorsal ramus in the grove between the superior articular process and the body of the sacrum.
- the needle 103 may be inserted generally perpendicular to the plane of FIG. 13 to produce the lesion 1208 .
- three or more lesions may be created with a needle in a single position.
- a needle positioned at a point 1206 proximate to three target volumes 1203 c , 1203 d , 1203 e may be operable to create lesions at each of the three target volumes 1203 c , 1203 d , 1203 e , thus further reducing the number of needle repositionings.
- each individual lesion corresponding to the series of target volumes 1203 may be created using a needle with deployable filaments in which the needle is repositioned prior to each application of RF energy.
- the sequence of steps may be insert needle, deploy filaments, apply RF energy, retract filaments, reposition needle, and repeat as appropriate to create each desired lesion.
- Such a procedure may be conducted, for example, using a needle capable of producing a lesion symmetric to a central longitudinal axis of the needle (e.g., the needle of FIG. 9 ).
- This process may include using a needle that enables the creation of lesions which are offset from the central longitudinal axis of the needle.
- Successful treatment of thoracic z-joint pain using radiofrequency ablation of relevant medial branch nerves can be challenging owing to the inconsistent medial branch location in the intertransverse space, especially levels T5-T8.
- a needle without filaments is generally positioned at multiple locations in the intertransverse space to achieve sufficient tissue ablation for successful medial branch neurotomy. The procedure will be described as being performed on an intertransverse space between adjacent vertebrae 1301 , 1302 of the T5 to T8 thoracic vertebrae using FIG. 14 and the needle 103 of FIG. 2A . It should be understood that other embodiments of needles described herein and/or other vertebrae may be used in the described procedure or variations thereof.
- the process may include obtaining a segmental anteroposterior image at target level defined by counting from T1 and T12. This may be followed by obtaining an image that is ipsalateral oblique about 8° to about 15° off-sagittal plane of the spine to visualize costotransverse joint lucency clearly. This can allow improved visualization of the superior-lateral transverse process, especially in osteopenic patients.
- the angle can aid in directing the probe to a thoracic anatomic safe zone medial to the lung, reducing risk of pneumothorax.
- the skin entry site for the needle 103 may be over the most inferior aspect of transverse process slightly medial to costotransverse joint. Inserting the needle 103 may include navigating the device over the transverse process over the bone to touch the superior transverse process slightly medial to the costotransverse joint.
- the process may include checking anteroposterior imaging to demonstrate that the tip 201 of the needle 103 is at the superolateral corner of the transverse process.
- the process may also include checking a contralateral oblique image view (e.g., at ⁇ 15°) to demonstrate, for example in “Pinnochio” view, the target transverse process in an elongate fashion.
- the process may include retracting the tip 201 slightly (e.g., about 1 mm to about 3 mm). In some embodiments, retracting the tip 201 positions the ports at the superior edge of the process (e.g., visible with a radiopaque marker).
- medial to lateral placement may be performed entering the skin beneath the segmental spinous process, and navigating the needle 103 over the transverse process to contact a point just proximal to the superolateral corner of the transverse process.
- the tip 201 may then be advanced to approximate the exit port 304 a , 304 b of the filaments 206 a , 206 b with the superior margin of the transverse process, and the filaments 206 a , 206 b are deployed.
- the process may include rotating the needle 103 such that the midpoint 502 is oriented toward the intertransverse space between the vertebrae 1301 , 1302 and the medial branch nerve 1303 that is positioned therein.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b may be advanced ventral into the intertransverse space between the vertebrae 1301 , 1302 to the deployed position.
- the position of the needle 103 and deployed filaments 206 a , 206 b may be verified using fluoroscopy (e.g., using lateral imaging) and/or stimulation (e.g., motor and/or sensory), for example to rule out proximity to ventral ramus.
- the filaments 206 a , 206 b are deployed in a ventral direction in the intratransverse space, which may be confirmed by obtaining lateral.
- the RF probe 401 may be inserted into the lumen 222 such that RF energy emanating from the probe 103 will be conducted by the tip 201 and the filaments 206 a , 206 b to the target medial branch nerve 1303 .
- RF energy may be applied to the RF probe 401 .
- the RF energy emanating from the needle 103 may be preferentially biased toward the volume between the vertebrae 1301 , 1302 .
- the lesion created by such a procedure may, for example, have a maximum cross-sectional dimension of between about 8 mm and about 10 mm, and may ablate a corresponding portion of the medial branch nerve 1303 .
- This method can treat the medial branch as it curves out of the intratransverse space emerging into the posterior compartment of the back.
- the directional bias of the lesion may advantageously heat towards the target and away from the skin.
- thoracic RF neurotomy performed on other thoracic vertebrae may call for different sizes of lesions.
- thoracic RF neurotomy performed on the T3-T4 vertebrae may require a smaller lesion volume than the herein-described procedure
- thoracic RF neurotomy performed on the T1-T2 vertebrae may require a still smaller lesion volume.
- the deployment of the filaments of the needle 103 may be varied to achieve such desired target lesion volumes, or different needles may be used (e.g., having shorter filaments in the fully deployed position).
- Embodiments of needles described herein are capable of creating a volume of tissue ablation necessary for complete denervation of the cervical zygapophyseal joints, including the C2/3 cervical zygapophyseal joint (z-joint).
- Tissue ablation for cervical z-joint using embodiments of needles described herein may be accomplished using a single placement and single heating cycle. Such single placement and single heating cycle may avoid unnecessary tissue damage from multiple placements of a filament-free needle, and unintended injury to collateral tissue caused by excessive lesioning.
- the zone of ablation can be designed to provide sufficient and necessary tissue coagulation for a successful procedure, and thus may be expected to improve the outcomes of patients undergoing spinal radiofrequency neurotomy.
- a cervical medial branch RF neurotomy procedure will be described as being performed on the third occipital nerve at the C2/3 z-joint using the needle 103 as shown in FIG. 15 .
- the needle 103 is positioned between the C2 vertebra 1401 and the C3 vertebra 1402 .
- the patient may be placed in a prone position on a radiolucent table suited to performing fluoroscopically guided spinal procedures. Sedation may be administered. The patient's head may be rotated away from the targeted side. Sterile skin prep and draping may be performed using standard well-described surgical techniques.
- the lateral aspect of the C2/3 Z-joint is located under either parasagittal or, alternatively, ipsilateral oblique rotation of less than or equal to about 30° (e.g., between about 20° and about 30°) of obliquity relative to the true sagittal plane of the cervical spine.
- the skin entry point may be infiltrated with local anesthetic.
- the tip 201 of the needle 103 is moved over the most lateral aspect of bone of the articular pillar at the juncture of the C2/3 z-joint to a first position contacting bone proximate to the most posterior and lateral aspect of the z-joint complex, for example using a “gun-barrel” technique to touch the most lateral and posterior aspect of the articular pillar at the point of maximal concavity for level below C2/3 or at the point of maximal convexity at the C2/3 level when targeting the TON.
- the needle 103 may be retracted a predetermined distance (e.g., between about 1 mm and about 3 mm) and the filaments are deployed towards the lateral aspect of the C2/3 z-joint.
- the filaments will spread to encompass anticipated rostrocaudal variation in the target nerve location.
- the angle of the filaments with respect to the tip may effectively cover the ventral aspect of the articular pillar up to the border of the superior articular process, thus incorporating benefits of a 30° oblique pass.
- the needle 103 may be rotated about a central longitudinal axis prior to filament deployment to ensure that deployment will occur in the desired direction.
- Multiplanar fluoroscopic imaging may then be employed to verify that the tip and the filaments are positioned as desired. For example, it may be verified that the filaments are positioned straddling the lateral joint lucency, and posterior to the C2/3 neural foramen.
- Useful imaging angles include anterior-posterior (AP), lateral, and contralateral oblique (Sluijter) views.
- motor stimulation may be performed by delivering a voltage (e.g., up to about 2 volts) at about 2 Hz to the tip 201 and filaments and/or sensory stimulation may be performed at appropriate voltage (e.g., between about 0.4 volts and about 1 volt) and frequency (e.g., about 50 Hz).
- RF energy may be applied to the tip and the plurality of filaments to generate heat that ablates a portion of the third occipital nerve.
- the cross-sectional dimensions of the lesion e.g., between about 8 mm and about 10 mm
- the directional nature of the lesion, offset towards the filaments, provides a beneficial measure of safety regarding undesired thermal damage to the skin and to collateral structures. Safety concerns may be further satisfied by fluoroscopic observation of the filaments dorsal to the intervertebral foramen and/or lack of ventral ramus activation during stimulation (e.g., with 2 Hz and 2 volts).
- the device After lesioning, the device may be removed.
- the procedure may be similar than as described herein with respect to the third occipital nerve, with the exception that the initial boney contact target is at the waist of inflection point of the articular pillar.
- Other spinal RF procedures may also benefit from the asymmetrical application of RF energy from embodiments of the needles described herein.
- Such asymmetry may, for example, be used to project RF energy in a desired direction and/or limit the projection of RF energy in undesired directions.
- the configuration of the filaments may be selected for a particular application to produce a desired size, shape, and/or location (relative to the needle tip) of a lesion within the patient.
- the location of the lesion may be offset distally and/or laterally from the tip of the needle as desired for a particular application.
- embodiments of the needles described herein may be adapted (e.g., modified or scaled) for use in other medical procedures.
- embodiments of needles described herein could be used to deliver RF energy as a means to cauterize “feeder vessels,” such as in bleeding ulcers and/or in orthopedic applications.
- embodiments of the needles described herein could be adapted for use in procedures such as cardiac ablation, in which cardiac tissue is destroyed in an effort to restore a normal electrical rhythm in the heart.
- Certain such uses could further benefit from the ability of embodiments of needles described herein to deliver fluid through a lumen since, for example, emerging procedures in cardiac therapy may require the ability to deliver stem cells, vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), or other growth factors to cardiac tissue.
- VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
- the ability to steer embodiments of the needle described herein may provide significant benefit in the field of cardiovascular drug delivery.
- a needle may be adapted for use in vertebral disc heating.
- a primary longer needle e.g., having a length of about 15 cm and a tip with an uninsulated active portion having a length of about 2 mm, although other dimensions are also possible
- a primary longer needle is placed into the post posterolateral margin of a painful intervertebral disc, for example as described elsewhere for provocation discography and/or therapeutic disc access procedures such as Dekompressor® discectomy and disc biacuplasty.
- a single filament is deployed to traverse the posterior annulus in a lateral to medial fashion in the lamella of the annulus fibrosis, for example as illustrated in FIG.
- FIG. 18A which is an axial view of posterior oblique needle entry with the main axial tip in the posterior annulus and deployed a filament moving lateral to medial in the lamella of the posterior annulus
- FIG. 18B which is a saggital view with a filament moving across the posterior annulus from lateral to medial.
- the filament may act as a thermocouple (e.g., comprising a material having thermosensing properties as described herein) to allow precise measurement of actual temperatures of the annulus.
- the filament includes a lumen configured to allow injection of therapeutic substances (e.g., methylene-blue) upon withdrawal for substantially simultaneous chemo-thermo-neurolysis and/or to allow injection of contrast agent for confirmation of intraannular placement that is definite, for example as opposed to potentially dangerous placement in the spinal canal or futile placement in the nucleus pulposus.
- the filament has an exit angle greater than about 30°.
- the filament includes a beveled Quincke tip oriented to bias away from the spinal canal upon advancement, as needles in tissue track away from bevel angles.
- the deployed filament has a length between about 10 mm and about 12 mm.
- the needle does not include a lumen for injection of liquid.
- the area not occupied by a lumen may be used for the filament, which may be more complicated due to use as a thermocouple and/or including a lumen.
- the needle includes a plurality of deployable filaments, and gap between the filaments (e.g., the distance 604 in FIG. 6 ) is between about 2 mm and about 10 mm, between about 4 mm and about 8 mm, between about 5 mm and about 7 mm (e.g., about 6 mm), combinations thereof, and the like.
- Sections of raw muscle tissue were allowed to equilibrate to 37° C. in a distilled water bath.
- a needle with tines deployed was positioned to contact the tissue surface in 10 trials and was inserted into tissue in 10 trials.
- a Radionics RFG 3C RF generator energy source was set at 75° C. for 80 seconds.
- Propagation of tissue coagulation was documented with video and a calibrated Flir T-400 thermal camera.
- Tissue samples were sectioned and coagulation zones measured. Infrared observation demonstrated symmetric and homogenous lesion progression without hot spots or focal over-impeding. Calculated volume averaged 467 ⁇ 71 mm 3 /lesion.
- Topography was elongate spheroid offset from the central axis toward the filaments. Thus, the needle reliably produced lesions that are potentially useful in spinal applications.
- the patient was placed in a prone position on the fluoroscopy table and standard monitors were applied. No sedation was administered.
- the lumbar region was extensively prepped with chlorhexidine-alcohol and draped in routine sterile surgical fashion.
- the C-arm was adjusted to visualize a true AP of the L4/5 intervertebral disc space with vertebral end plates squared-off, and spinous process positioned between the pedicle shadows.
- the C-arm was rotated 30°-40° ipsilateral to the target joint until the base of the SAP of the L4 and L5 were clearly visualized, A target point was identified at the midpoint of the base of the SAP, and the overlying skin and subcutaneous tissues were infiltrated with 1.5% lidocaine.
- a small skin nick was made with an 18-gauge needle to facilitate placement of an embodiment of the needles described herein.
- the needle with filaments in the retracted position, was advanced using a gun-barrel approach until boney contact was made with the base of the SAP.
- the needle was then retracted off the bone slightly, and using the indentation on the hub for orientation, the actuator was rotated 360° to fully deploy the filaments. Filaments were felt to touch bone at the base of the SAP.
- AP, oblique, and lateral images were obtained to document the placement and to confirm that the filaments were directed toward the SAP. In this position, the lesion was biased to cover any variant medial branch situated higher up the SAP.
- filaments were not directed in an ideal fashion, they were retracted, the device was rotated as necessary, and the filaments were redeployed.
- Motor stimulation at a frequency of 2 Hz up to 2 volts was incrementally administered with brisk activation of the multifidus, but with no activation of any ventral root inenervated musculature.
- Sensory stimulation at 50 Hz at 0.6 volts elicited a concordant aching in the distribution of the patient's pain.
- a 22-gauge, 10 cm, 10 mm active tip RFK connected to an independently grounded second RF generator was placed sequentially at the following targets for in vivo thermometry: (1) Most inferior and dorsal location in the supra-segmental neural foramen evaluating the potential for thermal injury of spinal nerve; (2) At a point lateral on the transverse process approximating the location of intermediate/lateral branches of the posterior primary rami; (3) At or near the central axis of the needle during stable heating; (4) On the SAP at the base and successively higher on mamilliary process to evaluate heating on the region of potential MB variation (up the SAP). The process was then repeated for denervation of the L5.
- the heating protocol was initiated based on previous branch testing in egg white and chicken meat.
- the protocol included: 45° C. for 15-30 seconds, await rapid temperature increase signaling primary consolidation of heating and biophysical changes around core axis; 50° C. for 15 seconds; 60° C. for 15 seconds; 70° C. for 10 seconds to record foraminal temperatures only.
- Generator parameters during ablation were appropriate and within the tolerance range for a generically programmed RF generator.
- the lower starting impedance, relative to a monopolar needle, may be explained by greatly increased conductive surface of the needle. Brief temperature fluctuation was noted as the lesion propagated to encompass the central axis housing the thermocouple. It is anticipated that changes in the generator software may be useful to support various embodiments of the described device.
- Impedance readings were 75 ohms to 250 ohms. Power ranges were 2 watts to 11 watts, typically 3 watts to 4 watts after 10 seconds into the procedure.
- the thermal mapping results were as follows: (1) Perineural temperatures (neurogram obtained via TC2) at the supra-adjacent spinal nerve did not increase from a 38° C. baseline; (2) Temperature readings from the TC2 placed near the central axis of the needle reflected delivered temperature from the generator; (3) Temperature readings from the base of the SAP to relatively dorsal position on the SAP exceed the neuroablative threshold of 45° C.
- the needle was safely and effectively used to accomplish lumbar medial branch neurotomy.
- Thermal mapping demonstrated a safe and effective isotherm consistent with bench predictions, and EMG of the lumbar paraspinals demonstrated objective evidence of medial branch coagulation.
- the needle appears to extend beneficially on existing techniques and technology. For a first example, facilitated placement for lumbar medial branch neurotomy using “down-the-beam” technique akin to diagnostic medial branch block.
- This approach can be applied to other spinal targets such as cervical z-joint neurotomy, thoracic z-joint neurotomy, sacroiliac joint denervation, central innercation of the lateral C1-2 joint, RF neurotomy thoracic sympathetic chain, RF neurotomy sphlancnic chain at T10, 11, 12, RF neurotomy lumbar sympathetic pain, and RF neurotomy superior hypogastric plexus.
- lab testing and in vivo thermal data demonstrates a large volume suited for efficiently dealing with common variations in afferent sensory pathways.
- the lesion can be directed relative to the central longitudinal axis of the needle toward targets and away from sensitive collateral structures.
- the needle can deliver meaningful motor and/or sensory stimulation for documentation of safe placement.
- lesion topography is driven by needle design, and does not require high temperatures (e.g., greater than 80° C.) for extended times. It is believed that 60° C. for 60 seconds is adequate for most targets. Reduced procedural time and/or lower temperatures should translate to fewer complications, expedited recovery, and/or diminished incidence of postoperative pain syndromes/dysesthesias.
- the needle is of a uncomplicated and robust design, does not require additional support equipment, and is economical to manufacture.
Abstract
Systems and methods for tissue ablation. Systems include needles with deployable filaments capable of producing asymmetrical offset lesions at target volumes, which may include a target nerve. Ablation of at least a portion of the target nerve may inhibit the ability of the nerve to transmit signals, such as pain signals, to the central nervous system. The offset lesion may facilitate procedures by directing energy towards the target nerve and away from collateral structures. Example anatomical structures include lumbar, thoracic, and cervical medial branch nerves and rami and the sacroiliac joint.
Description
- This application claims priority benefit under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/347,351, filed May 21, 2010, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/357,886, filed Jun. 23, 2010, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/357,894, filed Jun. 23, 2010, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- 1. Field
- The present application generally relates to thermal ablation systems and methods, and more particularly to systems and methods for radio frequency (RF) neurotomy, such as spinal RF neurotomy.
- 2. Description of the Related Art
- Thermal ablation involves the creation of temperature changes sufficient to produce necrosis in a specific volume of tissue within a patient. The target volume may be, for example, a nerve or a tumor. A significant challenge in ablation therapy is to provide adequate treatment to the targeted tissue while sparing the surrounding structures from injury.
- RF ablation uses electrical energy transmitted into a target volume through an electrode to generate heat in the area of the electrode tip. The radio waves emanate from a non-insulated distal portion of the electrode tip. The introduced radiofrequency energy causes molecular strain, or ionic agitation, in the area surrounding the electrode as the current flows from the electrode tip to ground. The resulting strain causes the temperature in the area surrounding the electrode tip to rise. RF neurotomy uses RF energy to cauterize a target nerve to disrupt the ability of the nerve to transmit pain signals to the brain.
- This application describes example embodiments of devices and methods for tissue ablation, such as spinal radio frequency neurotomy. Systems include needles with deployable filaments capable of producing asymmetrical offset lesions at target volumes, which may include a target nerve. Ablation of at least a portion of the target nerve may inhibit the ability of the nerve to transmit signals, such as pain signals, to the central nervous system. The offset lesion may facilitate procedures by directing energy towards the target nerve and away from collateral structures. Example anatomical structures include lumbar, thoracic, and cervical medial branch nerves and rami and the sacroiliac joint.
- In some embodiments, a needle comprises an elongate member having a distal end, a tip coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, and a plurality of filaments. The tip comprises a bevel to a point. The plurality of filaments is movable between a first position at least partially in the elongate member and a second position at least partially out of the elongate member. The plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode.
- In some embodiments, a needle comprises an elongate member having a distal end, a tip coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, and a plurality of filaments. The tip comprises a bevel portion comprising a point on a side of the elongate member. The plurality of filaments is movable between a first position at least partially in the elongate member and a second position at least partially out of and proximate to the side of the elongate member. The plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode.
- In some embodiments, a needle comprises an elongate member having a proximal end and a distal end, a tip coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, a plurality of filaments, and a filament deployment mechanism coupled to the proximal end of the elongate member. The tip comprises a bevel portion comprising a point. The plurality of filaments is movable between a first position at least partially in the elongate member and a second position at least partially out of the elongate member. The plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode. The filament deployment mechanism comprises an advancing hub, a spin collar, and a main hub. The advancing hub includes a stem coupled to the plurality of filaments. The spin collar includes a helical track. The stem of the advancing hub is at least partially inside the spin collar. The main hub comprises a stem comprising a helical thread configured to cooperate with the helical track. The stem of the main hub is at least partially inside the spin collar. The stem of the advancing hub is at least partially inside the main hub. Upon rotation of the spin collar, the filaments are configured to move between the first position and the second position.
- In some embodiments, a needle comprises an elongate member having a distal end, a tip coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, and a plurality of filaments. The tip comprises a point. The plurality of filaments is movable between a first position at least partially in the elongate member and a second position at least partially out of the elongate member. The plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode. A single wire comprises the plurality of filaments.
- In some embodiments, a needle comprises an elongate member having a distal end, a tip coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, and a plurality of filaments. The tip comprises a bevel to a point. The plurality of filaments is movable between a first position at least partially in the elongate member and a second position at least partially out of the elongate member. The plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode. The tip comprises a stem at least partially in the elongate member. The stem includes a first filament lumen, a second filament lumen, and a third lumen. The bevel portion comprises a fluid port in fluid communication with the third lumen.
- In some embodiments, a needle comprises an elongate member having a proximal end and a distal end, a tip coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, a plurality of filaments, and a rotational deployment mechanism coupled to the proximal end of the elongate member. The tip comprises a bevel to a point. The plurality of filaments is movable between a plurality of positions between at least partially in the elongate member and at least partially out of the elongate member. The deployment mechanism comprises indicia of fractional deployment of the plurality of filaments relative to the tip. The plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode.
- In some embodiments, a needle comprises an elongate member having a distal end, a tip, and a plurality of filaments. The tip comprises a first body portion and a second body portion. The first body portion includes a tapered portion and a point. The tapered portion includes a plurality of filament ports. The second body portion is coupled to the distal end of the tip. The second body portion is at an angle with respect to the first body portion. The plurality of filaments is movable between a first position at least partially in at least one of the tip and the elongate member and a second position at least partially out of the filament ports. The plurality of filaments and the tip are configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode.
- In some embodiments, a method of heating a vertebral disc comprises: positioning a distal end of a needle in a posterior annulus; deploying a filament out of the needle; traversing the posterior annulus from lateral to medial; applying radio frequency energy to the tip and to the filament; and ablating pain fibers in the posterior annulus.
- In some embodiments, a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member, an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments, and a lumen in the elongate member. The tip is shaped to pierce tissue of the patient. Movement of the actuator relative to the hub moves the plurality of filaments relative to the tip. The lumen and the tip are configured to accept an RF probe such that an electrode of an inserted RF probe, the tip, and the first and second filaments are operable to form a single monopolar RF electrode.
- In some embodiments, a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments. The actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a fully deployed position. In the fully deployed position, the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip. Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the fully deployed position. Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle. The average of all the points is offset from a central longitudinal axis of the elongate member.
- In some embodiments, a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments. The actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a deployed position. In the deployed position, the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip. Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the deployed position. Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle. Each point is on a common side of a plane that contains a central longitudinal axis of the elongate member.
- In some embodiments, a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments. The plurality of filaments consists of a first filament and a second filament, and the needle contains no filaments other than the first and second filaments. The actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a deployed position. In the deployed position, the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip. Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the deployed position. Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle. In the deployed position, a midpoint between the distal end of the first filament and the distal end of the second filament is offset from a central longitudinal axis of the needle.
- In some embodiments, a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments. The plurality of filaments consists of a first filament and a second filament, and the needle contains no filaments other than the first and second filaments. The actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a deployed position. In the deployed position, the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip. Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the deployed position. Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle. In their respective deployed positions, each distal end defines a vertex of a polygon. A centroid of the polygon is offset from a central longitudinal axis of the needle.
- In some embodiments, a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments. The plurality of filaments consists of a first filament and a second filament, and the needle contains no filaments other than the first and second filaments. The actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a deployed position. In the deployed position, the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip. Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the deployed position. Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle. In their respective deployed positions, each of the plurality of filaments points in an at least partially distal direction.
- In some embodiments, a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments. The plurality of filaments consists of a first filament and a second filament, and the needle contains no filaments other than the first and second filaments. The actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a deployed position. In the deployed position, the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip. Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the deployed position. Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle. When the plurality of filaments are in the deployed position, portions of each filament extend outwardly away from the tip. Each portion of each filament extending outwardly away from the tip is straight.
- In some embodiments, a needle for insertion into a patient during an RF ablation procedure comprises a hub, an elongate member fixed to the hub, a tip fixed to the elongate member at a distal end of the needle, a plurality of filaments in at least a portion of the elongate member in a retracted position, and an actuator interconnected to the plurality of filaments. The plurality of filaments consists of a first filament and a second filament, and the needle contains no filaments other than the first and second filaments. The actuator is operable to move the plurality of filaments relative to the hub, the elongate member, and the tip between the retracted position and a deployed position. In the deployed position, the plurality of filaments extends outwardly and away from the tip. Each filament comprises a distal end that defines a point in the deployed position. Each point is distal to the distal end of the needle. When the plurality of filaments is in the deployed position, the tip comprises an angle of at least 200° about the central longitudinal axis of the elongate member that is free of filaments.
- In some embodiments, a method of performing spinal RF neurotomy in a patient comprises moving a tip of a needle to a first position proximate to a target nerve along the spine of the patient, after achieving the first position, advancing a plurality of filaments relative to the tip to a deployed position, and after the advancing step, applying RF energy to the tip and plurality of filaments, wherein said applying generates heat that ablates a portion of the target nerve.
- In some embodiments, a method of performing lumbar RF neurotomy on a medial branch nerve in a patient comprises: moving a tip of a needle to a first position between the transverse and superior articular processes of a lumbar vertebra such that an end point of the tip is proximate to a surface of the vertebra; after achieving the first position, advancing a plurality of filaments relative to the tip to a deployed position; and after advancing the plurality of filaments, applying RF energy to the tip and the plurality of filaments. Said applying generates heat that ablates a portion of the medial branch nerve.
- In some embodiments, a method of performing sacroiliac joint RF neurotomy in a patient comprises: a. moving a tip of a needle to a first position proximate to a sacrum of the patient; b. advancing a plurality of filaments relative to the tip to a first deployed position; c. applying RF energy to the tip and plurality of filaments, wherein the applying generates heat that ablates a first volume; d. retracting the plurality of filaments; e. with the tip in the first position, rotating the needle about a central longitudinal axis of the needle to re-orient the plurality of filaments; f re-advancing the plurality of filaments relative to the tip; and g. re-applying RF energy to the tip and plurality of filaments, wherein the re-applying comprises ablating a second volume proximate to the tip, wherein a center of the first volume is offset from a center of the second volume.
- In some embodiments, a method of performing thoracic RF neurotomy on a medial branch nerve in a patient comprises: moving a tip of a needle to a first position proximate a superior surface of a transverse process of a thoracic vertebra such that an end point of the tip is proximate to the superior surface; after achieving the first position, advancing a plurality of filaments relative to the tip toward a vertebra immediately superior to the thoracic vertebra to a deployed position; and after advancing the plurality of filaments, applying RF energy to the tip and the plurality of filaments, wherein said applying generates heat that ablates a portion of the medial branch nerve between the thoracic vertebra and the vertebra immediately superior to the thoracic vertebra.
- In some embodiments, a method of performing cervical medial branch RF neurotomy on a third occipital nerve of a patient comprises: a. positioning the patient in a prone position; b. targeting a side of the C2/3 Z-joint; c. rotating the head of the patient away from the targeted side; d. locating the lateral aspect of the C2/3 Z-joint; e. moving, after steps a, b, c and d, a tip of a needle over the most lateral aspect of bone of the articular pillar at the juncture of the C2/3 z-joint to a first position contacting bone proximate to the most posterior and lateral aspect of the z-joint complex; f retracting, after step e, the tip of the needle a predetermined distance from the first position; g. extending, after step f, a plurality of filaments outwardly from the tip and towards the lateral aspect of the C2/3 z-joint such that the plurality of filaments are positioned straddling the lateral joint lucency and posterior to the C2/3 neural foramen; h. verifying, after step g, the position of the tip and filaments by imaging the tip and a surrounding volume; and i. applying, after step h, RF energy to the tip and the plurality of filaments, wherein the applying generates heat that ablates a portion of the third occipital nerve.
- For purposes of summarizing the invention and the advantages achieved over the prior art, certain objects and advantages of the invention are described herein. Of course, it is to be understood that not necessarily all such objects or advantages need to be achieved in accordance with any particular embodiment. Thus, for example, those skilled in the art will recognize that the invention may be embodied or carried out in a manner that achieves or optimizes one advantage or group of advantages as taught or suggested herein without necessarily achieving other objects or advantages as may be taught or suggested herein.
- All of these embodiments are intended to be within the scope of the invention herein disclosed. These and other embodiments will become readily apparent to those skilled in the art from the following detailed description having reference to the attached figures, the invention not being limited to any particular disclosed embodiment(s).
- These and other features, aspects, and advantages of the present disclosure are described with reference to the drawings of certain embodiments, which are intended to illustrate certain embodiments and not to limit the invention.
-
FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an RF neurotomy system being used to perform RF neurotomy on a patient. -
FIG. 2A is a perspective view of an example embodiment of a needle that may be used in an RF neurotomy procedure. -
FIG. 2B is a cut away perspective view of a portion of the needle ofFIG. 2A . -
FIG. 2C is a partial cut away and partial cross-sectional view of a portion of another example embodiment of a needle that may be used in an RF neurotomy procedure. -
FIG. 2D is a perspective view of another example embodiment of a needle that may be used in an RF neurotomy procedure. -
FIG. 2E is a perspective view of an example embodiment of filaments formed from a single wire. -
FIG. 3A is a detailed view of an example embodiment of a needle tip with filaments in a fully deployed position. -
FIG. 3B is a detailed view of the needle tip ofFIG. 3A with filaments in a retracted position. -
FIG. 3C is a detailed view of another example embodiment of a needle tip with filaments in a deployed position. -
FIG. 3D is a detailed view of another example embodiment of a needle tip with filaments in a fully deployed position. -
FIG. 3E is a detailed view of the needle tip ofFIG. 3D with filaments in a retracted position. -
FIG. 3F is a cross-sectional view of the needle tip ofFIG. 3D with filaments in a retracted position. -
FIG. 3G is a detailed view of yet another example embodiment of a needle tip with filaments in a deployed position. -
FIGS. 3H and 3I are detailed views of still other example embodiments of a needle tip with filaments in a deployed position. -
FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an example embodiment of an RF probe assembly. -
FIG. 5 is a proximal-facing end view of an example embodiment of a needle tip. -
FIG. 6 is a side view of an example embodiment of a needle tip. -
FIG. 7 is a proximal-facing end view of another example embodiment of a needle tip. -
FIG. 8 is a proximal-facing end view of yet another example embodiment of a needle tip. -
FIG. 9 is a proximal-facing end view of still another example embodiment of a needle tip. -
FIG. 10 is a side view of another example embodiment of a needle tip. -
FIG. 11A is an illustration of an example set of isotherms that may be created with the needle ofFIG. 2A . -
FIG. 11B is an illustration of an example lesion that may be created with the needle ofFIG. 2A . -
FIG. 11C is an illustration of an example lesion that may be created with a single-filament needle. -
FIG. 12 is a perspective view of the needle ofFIG. 2A positioned relative to a lumbar vertebra for performing RF neurotomy. -
FIG. 13 is an illustration of a sacrum including target lesion volumes for performing Sacroiliac Joint (SIJ) RF neurotomy. -
FIG. 14 is a perspective view of the needle ofFIG. 2A positioned relative to a thoracic vertebra for performing RF neurotomy. -
FIG. 15 is a perspective view of the needle ofFIG. 2A positioned relative to the C2/3 cervical zygapophyseal joint (z joint) for performing cervical medial branch RF neurotomy on the third occipital nerve. -
FIG. 16A is a perspective view of an example embodiment of a needle tip. -
FIG. 16B is a back elevational view of the needle tip ofFIG. 16A . -
FIG. 16C is a front elevational view of the needle tip ofFIG. 16A , -
FIG. 16D is a perspective view of an example embodiment of an elongate member. -
FIG. 16E is a perspective view of the needle tip ofFIG. 16A and the elongate member ofFIG. 16D . -
FIG. 16F is a cross-sectional view of the needle tip and elongate member ofFIG. 16E along theline 16F-16F ofFIG. 16E and example embodiments of a filament and an RF probe. -
FIG. 16G is a cross-sectional view of another example embodiment of a needle tip and elongate member and example embodiments of a filament and an RF probe. -
FIG. 17A is an exploded view of components of the deployment mechanism ofFIG. 2D . -
FIG. 17B is a cross-sectional view of components of the deployment mechanism ofFIG. 2D . -
FIG. 17C is a perspective view of an example embodiment of an advancing hub and the wire ofFIG. 2E . -
FIG. 17D is a cross-sectional view of an example embodiment of a spin collar. -
FIG. 17E is a cross-sectional view of an example embodiment of a main hub, taken along theline 17E-17E ofFIG. 17B , in exploded view with an example embodiment of an elongate member. -
FIG. 18A is an axial view of posterior oblique needle entry. -
FIG. 18B is a saggital view of posterior oblique needle entry. - Although certain embodiments and examples are described below, those of skill in the art will appreciate that the invention extends beyond the specifically disclosed embodiments and/or uses and obvious modifications and equivalents thereof. Thus, it is intended that the scope of the invention herein disclosed should not be limited by any particular embodiments described below.
- In the following description, the invention is set forth in the context of apparatuses and methods for performing RF ablation. More particularly, the systems and methods may be used to perform RF neurotomy to ablate portions of target nerves. Even more particularly, the systems and methods may be used to perform spinal RF neurotomy to ablate portions of target nerves along the spine of a patient to relieve pain. For example, embodiments of methods and apparatuses described herein relate to lumbar RF neurotomy to denervate a facet joint between the L4 and L5 lumbar vertebrae. Denervation may be achieved by application of RF energy to a portion of a medial branch nerve to ablate or cauterize a portion of the nerve, thus interrupting the ability of the nerve to transmit signals to the central nervous system. In another example, embodiments described herein relate to sacroiliac joint RF neurotomy.
-
FIG. 1 illustrates an example embodiment of asystem 100 for performing RF neurotomy on apatient 101. Thepatient 101 may be positioned face down on a table orsurface 109 to allow access along the spine of thepatient 101. Other patient orientations are also possible depending on the procedure. The table 109 may comprise radiolucent materials substantially transparent to x-rays, such as carbon fiber. - The
system 100 may include anRF generator 102 capable of generating an RF energy signal sufficient to ablate target tissue (e.g.: cause lesions in targeted volumes; cauterize targeted portions of target nerves). TheRF generator 102 may, for example, be capable of delivering RF energy between about 1 W and about 200 W and between about 460,000 Hz and about 500,000 Hz. Aneedle 103 capable of conducting (e.g., transmitting or directing) RF energy may be interconnected to theRF generator 102 and may be used to deliver an RF energy signal to a specific site within thepatient 101. In some embodiments in which theneedle 103 is a monopolar device, areturn electrode pad 104 may be attached to thepatient 101 to complete a circuit from theRF generator 102, through theneedle 103, through a portion of thepatient 101, through thereturn electrode pad 104, and back to theRF generator 102. In some embodiments comprising a bipolar arrangement, theneedle 103 may comprise at least one supply electrode and at least one return electrode to define the circuit. - The
RF generator 102 may be operable to control the RF energy emanating from theneedle 103 in a closed-loop fashion. For example, theneedle 103 and/or an RF probe in theneedle 103 may include a temperature measurement device, such as a thermocouple, configured to measure temperature at the target tissue. Data may also be available from theRF generator 102, such as power level and/or impedance, which may also be used for closed-loop control of theneedle 103. For example, upon detection of a temperature, a parameter (e.g., frequency, wattage, application duration) of theRF generator 102 may be automatically adjusted. -
FIG. 4 illustrates an exampleRF probe assembly 400 compatible with theneedle 103. TheRF probe assembly 400 includes anRF probe 401 that may be inserted into a patient (e.g., through the needle 103) and may direct RF energy to the target tissue. In some embodiments, theRF probe 401 may be in electrical communication with theneedle 103 to direct RF energy to the target tissue, but is not inserted into the patient. TheRF probe 401 may include a thermocouple operable to measure temperature at adistal end 402 of theRF probe 401. TheRF probe assembly 400 may include aconnector 403 and acable 404 configured to connect theRF probe 401 to an RF generator (e.g., the RF generator 102). - Returning to
FIG. 1 , thesystem 100 optionally includes animaging system 105 capable of producing internal images of thepatient 101 and theneedle 103, for example to facilitate navigation of theneedle 103 during a procedure. Thesystem 100 may further include a display device for displaying the generated images to a user performing the procedure. In some embodiments, theimaging system 105 comprises a fluoroscope capable of generating real-time two dimensional images of theneedle 103 and internal structures of thepatient 101. In certain such embodiments, the imaging system includes anX-ray source 106, anX-ray detector 107, and acontroller 108 in electrical communication with theX-ray source 106 and/or theX-ray detector 107. TheX-ray source 106 andX-ray detector 107 may be mounted on a movable structure (e.g., a C-arm), to facilitate capturing a variety of images of the patient 101 (e.g., at various angles or projection views).Other imaging systems 105 are also possible (e.g., a computed tomography (CT) scanner). -
FIG. 2A illustrates an example embodiment of aneedle 103 that may be used in thesystem 100 for performing RF neurotomy. Theneedle 103 includes atip 201 that tapers to apoint 301 capable of piercing the skin of a patient. In some embodiments, the tip point tapers to a point substantially at the center of the tip 201 (e.g., a “pencil-point” tip). In some embodiments, the tip point tapers to a point substantially at one side of the tip 201 (e.g., a “cutting” or “beveled” or “lancet” or “Quincke” tip). Theneedle 103 further includes anelongate member 203 connected to thetip 201 at adistal end 202 of theneedle 103 and connected to ahub 204 at aproximal end 205 of theneedle 103. Theneedle 103 includes alongitudinal axis 223 along the center of theelongate member 203. -
FIG. 2D illustrates another example embodiment of aneedle 103 that may be used in thesystem 100 for performing RF neurotomy. Theneedle 103 includes atip 211 that tapers to apoint 301 capable of piercing the skin of a patient. In some embodiments, the tip point tapers to a point substantially at the center of the tip 211 (e.g., a “pencil-point” tip). In some embodiments, the tip point tapers to a point substantially at one side of the tip 211 (e.g., a “cutting” or “beveled” or “lancet” or “Quincke” tip). Theneedle 103 further includes anelongate member 203 connected to thetip 211 at adistal end 202 of theneedle 103 and connected to ahub 204 at aproximal end 205 of theneedle 103. Theneedle 103 includes alongitudinal axis 223 along the center of theelongate member 203. - The
needle 103 may include a self-contained mechanical mechanism, in the form ofdeployable filaments filaments elongate member 203 and may be operable to emerge through one or more apertures of theneedle 103 proximate to thedistal end 202 of theneedle 103. In some embodiments, theneedle 103 includes a single filament or three or more filaments. Thefilaments needle 103 to match a desired target volume (e.g., spherical, hemispherical, planar, spheroid, kidney-shaped, catcher's mitt-shaped, oblong, snowman-shaped, etc.). Thefilaments actuator 216 relative to thehub 204. - As will be further described, the
needle 103 may further include atube 207 that includes alumen 222 therethrough. Thelumen 222 may be used to transport fluids to and/or from the target volume. Thelumen 222 may also accept theRF probe 401 for delivery of RF energy to the target volume. Thelumen 222 may also accept a dummy or temporary probe, for example to occlude thefluid port 210 during insertion. In some embodiments, theRF probe 401 is integrated with theneedle 103. In certain such embodiments, thetube 207 need not be present for RF energy delivery, although it may be included to facilitate fluid delivery. In some embodiments, thefilaments filaments filaments - As RF energy penetrates biological tissue, protein and water molecules oscillate in response to the RF current and the tissue adjacent to the RF electrode is heated. As the tissue heats and coagulates, the biophysical properties of the tissue change. These tissue changes limit penetration of the RF energy beyond a leading edge defined by the shape and size of an active needle tip. Accordingly, the size of a radiofrequency lesion using conventional single needle technology is practically limited after achievement of a certain temperature delivered for a certain time.
- A
needle 103 withdeployable filaments tip filament 206 a, and/or thefilament 206 b) from which the RF energy emanates. The use ofmultiple filaments needle 103 may be at least partially determined by, for example, the quantity, angle, length, location, and/or orientation of the filaments and RF energy parameters such as wattage, frequency, and/or application duration, one or all of which may be beneficially modified to suit a specific anatomical application by changing various aspects of the filaments as discussed below. - Where it is desired to create a lesion offset from the central
longitudinal axis 223, the lesion may be offset in a desired direction from the centrallongitudinal axis 223 by rotationally orienting theneedle 103. Theneedle 103 may be used to create a lesion offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223 in a first direction. Thefilaments needle 103 rotated, and thefilaments longitudinal axis 223 in a second direction (e.g., to create a second lesion). -
FIGS. 3A and 3B are detailed views of an example embodiment of adistal end 202 of aneedle 103 that includes atip 201. Thetip 201 may include a sharpened point 301 (e.g., tapering to a point substantially at the center of thetip 201, a pencil-point tip) for piercing the skin of a patient and facilitating advancement through tissue. Thetip 201 may include a taperedportion 302 that transitions thetip 201 from thepoint 301 to abody portion 303. Thebody portion 303 is the portion of thetip 201 that is proximal to the taperedportion 302. Thebody portion 303 may be cylindrical as illustrated, or may be other appropriate shapes Thebody portion 303 may have a cross-section that coincides with (e.g., is coaxial with) the cross section of theelongate member 203. -
FIGS. 3D and 3E are detailed views of another example embodiment of adistal end 202 of aneedle 103 that includes atip 211. Thetip 211 may include a sharpened point 301 (e.g., tapering to a point substantially at one side of thetip 201, a cutting or beveled or lancet or Quincke tip) for piercing the skin of a patient and facilitating advancement through tissue. Thetip 211 may include a taperedportion 302 that transitions thetip 211 from thepoint 301 to abody portion 303. Thebody portion 303 is the portion of thetip 201 that is proximal to the taperedportion 302. Thebody portion 303 may be cylindrical as illustrated, or may be other appropriate shapes (e.g., as illustrated inFIG. 16A ). Thebody portion 303 may have a cross-section that coincides with (e.g., is coaxial with) the cross section of theelongate member 203. In some embodiments, thetip 211 has a bevel angle between about 10° and about 45°, between about 15° and about 35°, between about 20° and about 30° (e.g., about 25°), combinations thereof, and the like. Other bevel angles are also possible. In some embodiments, thepoint 301 has an angle between about 40° and about 120°, between about 70° and about 90°, between about 75° and about 85° (e.g., about 79°), combinations thereof, and the like. Other angles are also possible. - The
tip tip tip tip - The
tip FIGS. 3A , 3B, 3D, and 3E) and a second filament port or slot 304 b. The geometry of thefilament slots filaments filaments body portion 303 of thetip FIG. 3F ) while theneedle 103 is inserted into the body, so that thefilaments filament slots portion 302 and thus avoids potential coring that could be caused by such positioning. - The internal geometry of the
filament slots filaments filament slots transition region 305 that meets the outer surface of thebody portion 303 at an angle of about 30° Thetransition region 305 may, for example, be curved and/or planar. Advancement offilaments filament slots filaments filaments transition region 305. Depending on the positioning of thetransition region 305 relative to where thefilaments needle 103 ofFIG. 3A , thefilaments filaments filaments longitudinal axis 223 may be achieved. Generally, the portions of thefilaments filament slots filament slots FIGS. 2A , 3A, 3C, 3D, 6, 11A-11C, and 14. For another example, when there is a pre-set bias, the portions of the filaments that extend outwardly away from the filament slots may take any appropriate shape, such as, for example, curved as shown inFIG. 10 . - The radial orientation of the
filament slots filament slots longitudinal axis 223. For example, as shown inFIGS. 2A , 3A, 3B, 3D, and 3E, thefilament slots tip filament slots tip tip tip tip longitudinal axis 223 to achieve the filament placements discussed below. - As noted herein, and illustrated in
FIGS. 3A and 3B , theneedle 103 may comprise atube 207 that includes alumen 222 therethrough. Thelumen 222 may be employed to accept theRF probe 401 for delivery of RF energy, for the transport of fluids, and/or for occluding afluid port 210. Thetip fluid port 210 that may be in fluid communication with thelumen 222 via a channel through thetip lumen 222 is a dual-purpose lumen that can allow injection of fluids and that can receive thedistal end 402 of theRF probe 401 to deliver RF energy to thetip filament 206 a, and/or thefilament 206 b. In some embodiments, thefluid port 210 is longitudinally spaced from the tip 301 (e.g., by between about 1 mm and about 3 mm). Thefluid port 210 may be centrally located (e.g., as illustrated inFIG. 3D ) or it may be located offset from the center longitudinal axis 223 (e.g., as shown inFIGS. 2A and 3A ). Thefluid port 210 may be used to transfer fluid between the region of thetip proximal end 205 of theneedle 103. For example, during an RF neurotomy procedure, an anesthetic and/or an image enhancing dye may be introduced into the region of tissue around thetip fluid port 210. In some embodiments, thefluid port 210 is located along the taperedportion 302 of thetip 201, 211 (e.g., as illustrated inFIGS. 3A and 3D ). In some embodiments, thefluid port 210 is located along thebody portion 303 of thetip -
FIG. 16A is a perspective view of an example embodiment of theneedle tip 211. In some embodiments, theneedle 103 does not comprise atube 207, but theelongate member 203 comprises alumen 308 therethrough and thetip 211 comprises alumen 306 c therethrough. Thelumen 308 and thelumen 306 c may be employed to accept theRF probe 401 for delivery of RF energy, for the transport of fluids, and or for occluding thefluid port 210. In certain embodiments, thelumen 308 and thelumen 306 c are dual-purpose lumens that can allow injection of fluids and that can receive thedistal end 402 of theRF probe 401 to deliver RF energy to thetip 211, thefilament 206 a, and/or thefilament 206 b. Thefilament lumens filament ports - In some embodiments, the
filament lumens tip 211. In some embodiments, theelongate member 203 may also include filament lumens (e.g., comprising tubes in the elongate member 203). In some embodiments, filament lumens in theelongate member 203 may be formed by an inner member (not shown) extending at least part of the length of theelongate member 203. For example, a transverse cross-section of the inner member may have the same cross-section as the portion of thetip 211 illustrated inFIG. 3F , including channels in which the filaments may lie and a lumen for passing fluid, anRF probe 401, and/or a dummy probe. -
FIG. 16B is a back elevational view of theneedle tip 211 ofFIG. 16A .FIG. 16C is a front elevational view of theneedle tip 211 ofFIG. 16A . Theneedle tip 211 comprises afilament lumen 306 a in fluid communication with and terminating at thefilament slot 304 a, afilament lumen 306 b in fluid communication with and terminating at thefilament slot 304 b, and thelumen 306 c. In some embodiments, thelumens tip 211. Other angles are also possible. In some embodiments, thelumen 306 c is spaced from each of thelumens tip 211. Other angles are also possible. Referring again toFIG. 3F , thefilament 206 a may be in thefilament lumen 306 a and thefilament 206 b may be in thefilament lumen 306 b. Thelumen 306 c is in fluid communication with thefluid port 210. In some embodiments, the proximal end of thetip 211 includes a tapered surface, as shown inFIG. 16A . Whenfilaments filament lumens RF probe 401 into thelumen 306 c. In some embodiments, the tapered surface has an angle normal to thetip 211 between about 15° and about 75°, between about 30° and about 60°, between about 40° and about 50° (e.g., about 45°), combinations thereof, and the like. Other angles are also possible. -
FIG. 16D is a perspective view of an example embodiment of anelongate member 203. Theelongate member 203 includes thelumen 308, thefilament slot 304 a, and thefilament slot 304 b. In some embodiments, thefilament slots elongate member 203.FIG. 16E is a perspective view of theneedle tip 211 ofFIG. 16A and theelongate member 203 ofFIG. 16D . As described herein, theelongate member 203 may be coupled to thetip 211 by adhering with conductive epoxy, welding, soldering, combinations thereof, and the like. A proximal portion of thetip 211 can be inserted into thelumen 308 of theelongate member 203. Thefilament slot 304 b of theelongate member 203 is substantially aligned with thelumen 306 b of thetip 211, allowing thefilament 206 b to be deployed out of thelumen 306 b. Although not illustrated, thefilament slot 304 a of theelongate member 203 is substantially aligned with thelumen 306 a of thetip 211, allowing thefilament 206 a to be deployed out of thelumen 306 a. In some embodiments, each of thefilament slots filament slots transition regions 305 has a length between about 0.02 inches and about 0.2 inches (approx. between about 0.5 mm and about 5 mm), between about 0.05 inches and about 0.15 inches (approx. between about 1.3 mm and about 3.8 mm), between about 0.075 inches and about 0.125 inches (approx. between about 1.9 mm and about 3.2 mm) (e.g., about 0.104 inches (approx. about 2.6 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like. Other lengths are also possible. In some embodiments in which the transition regions include curved surfaces, the each of thetransition regions 305 has a radius of curvature between about 0.01 inches and about 0.4 inches (approx. between about 0.25 mm and about 10 mm), between about 0.15 inches and about 0.35 inches (approx. between about 3.8 mm and about 8.9 mm), between about 0.2 inches and about 0.3 inches (approx. between about 5 mm and about 7.6 mm) (e.g., about 0.25 inches (approx. about 6.4 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like. Other radii of curvature are also possible. Certain combinations of dimensions of thetransition regions 305 andfilaments slots filaments - The
lumen 308 is not visible inFIG. 16E because theelongate member 203 covers thelumen 308. Covering thelumen 308 causes fluid inserted into thelumen 308 to exit thefluid port 210, and possibly thefilament slots FIGS. 3A and 3B , theelongate member 203 may also include a slot proximate to thetube 207. In certain such embodiments, thetube 207 may extend distal to the slot and substantially all fluid inserted into thelumen 222 exits thefluid port 210. - In the embodiment illustrated in
FIG. 16E , thebody portion 303 of thetip 211 and theelongate member 203, excluding thesleeve 307, have substantially equal diameters, for example to provide a smooth transition between thetip 211 and theelongate member 203. In some embodiments, theelongate member 203 has an inner diameter between about 0.01 inches and about 0.04 inches (approx. between about 0.25 mm and about 1 mm), between about 0.015 inches and about 0.035 inches (approx. between about 0.38 mm and about 0.89 mm), between about 0.02 inches and about 0.03 inches (approx. between about 0.5 mm and about 0.76 mm) (e.g., about 0.025 inches (approx. about 0.64 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like. Other diameters are also possible. In some embodiments, theelongate member 203 has an outer diameter between about 0.01 inches and about 0.05 inches (approx. between about 0.25 mm and about 1.3 mm), between about 0.02 inches and about 0.04 inches (approx. between about 0.5 mm and about 1 mm), between about 0.025 inches and about 0.035 inches (approx. between about 0.64 mm and about 0.89 mm) (e.g., about 0.029 inches (approx. about 0.74 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like. Other diameters are also possible. In some embodiments, the proximal portion of the tip has an outer diameter between about 0.01 inches and about 0.04 inches (approx. between about 0.25 mm and about 1 mm), between about 0.015 inches and about 0.035 inches (approx. between about 0.38 mm and about 0.89 mm), between about 0.02 inches and about 0.03 inches (approx. between about 0.5 mm and about 0.76 mm) (e.g., about 0.025 inches (approx. about 0.64 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like. Other diameters are also possible. In some embodiments, thetip 211 has an outer diameter between about 0.01 inches and about 0.05 inches (approx. between about 0.25 mm and about 1.3 mm), between about 0.02 inches and about 0.04 inches (approx. between about 0.5 mm and about 1 mm), between about 0.025 inches and about 0.035 inches (approx. between about 0.64 mm and about 0.89 mm) (e.g., about 0.029 inches (approx. about 0.74 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like. Other diameters are also possible. -
FIG. 16F is a cross-sectional view of theneedle tip 211 and theelongate member 203 along theline 16F-16F ofFIG. 16E .FIG. 16F also illustrates an example embodiment of afilament 206 a in thelumen 308 and thelumen 306 a, then exiting via thefilament slot 304 a, and anRF probe 401 in thelumen 308. In some embodiments, theelongate member 203 and the tip each 211 comprise (e.g., are each made from) a conductive material (e.g., 300 Series Stainless Steel), and can conduct electrical signals from theRF probe 401 to thetip 211 and thefilaments RF probe 401, thefilaments tip 211, and/or theelongate member 203 may include features configured to increase physical contact between the components. The cross-sectional view shows thelumen 308 in fluid communication with thelumen 306 c and thefluid port 210. -
FIG. 16G is another cross-sectional view of an example embodiment of aneedle tip 211 and theelongate member 203 along a line similar to theline 16F-16F inFIG. 16E . Thetip 211 inFIG. 16G does not include afluid port 210, but fluid can permeate out of thefilament slots lumen 308. In some embodiments, thetip 211 includes alumen 306 c, for example to assure placement of or contact with the probe 401 (e.g., as illustrated inFIG. 16G ). In some embodiments, thetip 211 does not include alumen 306 c, for example to reduce manufacturing costs if thelumen 306 c is cut from a solid tip stem. - As may be appreciated, the channel through the
tip RF probe 401 that may be inserted into theneedle 103. The channel may be sized such that RF energy from the insertedRF probe 401 is satisfactorily communicated from theRF probe 401 to thetip filament 206 a, and/or thefilament 206 b. -
FIGS. 3C and 3G are each a detailed view of thedistal end 310 of aneedle 309 that is an alternate embodiment of theneedle 103. Thedistal end 310 includes atip point 312 for piercing the skin of a patient and facilitating advancement through tissue. Thetip portion 313 that transitions thetip point 312 to afirst body portion 314. Thefirst body portion 314 may be connected to asecond body portion 315 at anangle 316. In some embodiments, theangle 316 is about 15°.Other angles 316 are also possible. For example, theangle 316 may be between about 5° and about 90°, between about 10° and about 60°, between about 10° and about 45°, between about 10° and about 20°, combinations thereof, and the like. Other angles are also possible. Thesecond body portion 315 may be aligned with anelongate member 317. Theelongate member 317 may be similarly configured as theelongate member 203 ofFIGS. 3A , 3B, 3C, and 3D. Theangle 316 between thefirst body portion 314 and thesecond body portion 315 may aid the user in navigating theneedle 309 to a desired position. For example, by rotating theneedle 309 such that thefirst body portion 314 is pointing in a desired direction, subsequent advancement of theneedle 309 may result in theneedle 309 following a non-straight path biased toward the desired direction. - The first and
second body portions second body portions elongate member 317. - The
tip tip tip tip - The
filaments filaments filaments - The
tip 311 ofFIG. 3C includes afilament slot 318 a and afilament slot 318 b. The geometry of thefilament slots filaments needle 309 is inserted into the body, so that thefilaments filament slots portion 313 and on thefirst body portion 314, which may avoid potential coring. The internal geometry of thefilament slots second body portion 315 at an angle, and advancement offilaments filament slots filaments filaments - The configuration and orientation of the
filament slots filaments FIG. 3C . InFIG. 3C , thefilaments angle 316 between the first andsecond body portions filaments angle 316. Other angles are also possibleOther filament slot filament tip 311, the angle at which the filaments extend away from the first andsecond body portions second body portions -
FIG. 3G illustrates an example embodiment of atip 321 that includes afilament slot 318 a and afilament slot 318 b along thefirst body portion 314. The geometry of thefilament slots filaments needle 309 is inserted into the body, so that thefilaments filament slots first body portion 314 may potentially cause coring, so thefilaments filament slots filament slots first body portion 314, advancement of thefilaments filaments elongate member 317 and/or the second body portion 315) as the filaments move distally out of thefilament slots portion 313 is also possible (e.g., the filaments continuing to advance along the longitudinal axis of the first body portion 314). Although not illustrated, the embodiments depicted inFIGS. 3A and 3D may be adapted so thefilaments portion 302. - The
needle 309 may comprise a tube that includes a lumen therethrough, for example as described herein with respect toFIGS. 3A , 3B, 3D, and 3E. The lumen may be employed to accept an RF probe for delivery of RF energy and/or for the transport of fluids. In this regard, thetip 311 may further include afluid port 320 that may be in fluid communication via a channel through thetip 311 with the lumen. Thefluid port 320 may be used to transfer fluid between the region of thetip 311 and a proximal end of theneedle 309. - In the deployed position as shown in
FIG. 3C , the distal ends of thefilaments point 312. In the deployed position as shown inFIG. 3G , the distal ends of thefilaments point 312. In a retracted position (not shown, but similar to as shown inFIGS. 3B and 3E ), the distal ends of thefilaments second body portion 315 of thetip tip filaments needle 309. Thetip filament 319 a, and/or thefilament 319 b may form a monopolar electrode for application of RF energy to the target volume. Thefilaments tip - In general, any or all of the herein variables may be incorporated into a particular embodiment of a needle to yield a needle capable of producing a lesion with a particular size, position and shape relative to the tip of the needle. Such custom sizes, positions and shapes may be designed for specific procedures. For example, a particular lesion size, position and shape may be selected to enable a user to navigate the needle to a particular landmark (e.g., proximate to or touching a bone visible using fluoroscopy) and then orient the needle such that deployed filaments will be operable to produce a lesion at a particular location relative to the landmark. By navigating to a particular internal landmark, as opposed to attempting to visualize a relative position of a needle offset from a landmark, a more accurate and/or consistent positioning of the needle may be achieved. In this regard, the skill level required to accurately position the needle for a particular procedure may be reduced.
- The lesion shapes achievable through selection of the herein variables may include, for example, generally spherical, oblong, conical, and pyramidal shapes. The orientation relative to, and the amount of offset from, the tip of such shapes may be selectable. In an embodiment, the tips of the deployed filaments may be positioned distally relative to the point of the tip to provide for a facile positioning of the lesion relative to the tip. Such capability may allow for the needle to be inserted directly toward a target volume. In other embodiments, the tips of the deployed filaments may be positioned at the same axial position along the central longitudinal axis as the point of the tip or the tips of the deployed filaments may be positioned proximally relative to the point of the tip. In other embodiments, some filament endpoints may be located distal to the point of the tip while others are proximal to the point of the tip.
- The
elongate member 203 may be in the form of a hollow tube (e.g., sheath, cannula) interconnecting thetip hub 204. Theelongate member 203 may be configured with adequate strength to allow theneedle 103 to pierce a patient's skin and advance to a target area through various tissue types, including, for example, fat and muscle tissue. Theelongate member 203 may also be capable of resisting kinking as it is advanced. In some embodiments, theelongate member 203 comprises a rod with a plurality of lumens along its length to accommodate thefilaments RF probe 401, and/or a fluid passage. - The
elongate member 203 houses portions of thefilaments tube 207, and allows for relative movement of thefilaments elongate member 203 may be of any appropriate size and internal configuration to allow insertion into a patient and to house componentry therein. In some embodiments, theelongate member 203 is a 16 gauge round tube or smaller. For example, theelongate member 203 may be 18 gauge or 20 gauge. In some embodiments, theelongate member 203 has a maximum cross-sectional dimension of about 1.7 mm. In some embodiments, theelongate member 203 has a maximum cross-sectional dimension of about 1 mm. Theelongate member 203 may have a length selected for performing a specific spinal RF neurotomy procedure on a particular patient. In some embodiments, theelongate member 203 has a length of about 10 cm. - In certain embodiments, the
elongate member 203 comprises (e.g., is constructed from) an insulative material to reduce (e.g., eliminate) the amount of RF energy emitted along the length of theelongate member 203 when theRF probe 401 is disposed therein. For example, theelongate member 203 may comprise (e.g., be constructed from) polymeric, ceramic, and/or other insulative material. In certain embodiments, theelongate member 203 includes an insulating coating or sleeve 307 (FIGS. 2D and 16D ). In some embodiments, the elongate member is insulated (e.g., constructed from insulative material and/or having an insulating coating 307) except for a distal part having a length between about 5 mm and about 10 mm.FIG. 3H illustrates an example embodiment of aneedle 309 comprising an insulatingcoating 330 covering a proximal portion of thetip 321 andcoatings filaments coating 330 insulates, inter alia, the bent area between thefirst body portion 314 and thesecond body portion 315 if thetip 321. - In some embodiments, the elongate member is insulated (e.g., constructed from insulative material and/or having an insulating coating) except for a proximal part.
FIG. 3I illustrates an example embodiment of aneedle 309 comprising an insulatingcoating 330 covering a distal portion of thetip 321 andcoatings filaments tip 321 is, theneedle 309 may create a kidney or catcher's mitt shaped lesion, which may be useful, for example, for ablating tissue where the active tip is pressed against the wall of a structure with the device staying in the lumen of a structure. For example, when ablating endocardial lesions in which the device accesses the target through a cardiac chamber, insulating the distal portion of thetip 321, which stays in the chamber, can make the biophysics of the lesion (e.g., impedance, power, heat) more precise because the insulated distal portion of thetip 321 that is surrounded by blood in the chamber will not be part of the field. -
FIGS. 3H and 3I illustrate example embodiments of insulation of parts of thetip 321 and thefilaments FIG. 3G . Parts of components of the distal ends of other needle tips described herein may also be insulated (e.g., those illustrated inFIGS. 3A , 3C, and 3D). In some embodiments, only parts of thetip 321, and not parts of thefilaments filaments tip 321, are insulated. In some embodiments, a distal portion of thetip 321 is insulated (e.g., as illustrated inFIG. 3I ) and proximal portions of thefilaments FIG. 3H ). In some embodiments, a distal portion of thefilaments FIG. 3I ) and a proximal portion of thetip 321 is insulated (e.g., as illustrated inFIG. 3H ). In some embodiments, the insulative coating orsleeve sleeves tip 321, thefilament 319 a, and thefilament 319 b, respectively, to increase or decrease the amount of exposed conductive area. - The
elongate member 203 may include a coating that may improve radiopacity to aid in visualization of the position of theneedle 103 using fluoroscopy. Theelongate member 203 may include a lubricious coating to improve its ability to be inserted and positioned in the patient and/or to reduce tissue adhesion. Theelongate member 203 may includemarkers 224 along its length to assist in determining the depth to which theneedle 103 has entered into the anatomy. Themarkers 224 may be radiopaque so that they may be viewed under fluoroscopy. A collar (not shown) may be disposed about theelongate member 203 to assist in placement of thetip needle 103. For example, thetip needle 103 may be advanced and/or withdrawn a certain distance. Such a distance may be indicated, for example, by the distance between the collar and a patient's skin or other anatomy. - The
elongate member 203 may be fixedly interconnected to thetip hub 204 in any appropriate manner. For example, thetip elongate member 203 and theelongate member 203 may be press fit into thehub 204. Other example methods of attachment include adhesive bonding and welding. In some embodiments, theelongate member 203 and thetip elongate member 203 may be steerable and incorporate controlling mechanisms allowing theelongate member 203 to be deflected or steered after insertion into the anatomy. - The
tube 207 containing thelumen 222 may comprise (e.g., be constructed from) any appropriate material. For example, thetube 207 comprise a conductive material, such as stainless steel (e.g., 300 Series Stainless Steel), such that when theRF probe 401 is inserted in thetube 207, the RF energy emitted by theRF probe 401 may be conducted through thetube 207 and into and through thetip filament 206 a, and/or thefilament 206 b. Thetube 207 may be interconnected to thetip lumen 222 is in sealed, fluid communication with the channel through thetip - As noted, the
lumen 222 may be in fluid communication with thetip distal end 202. A proximal end of thelumen 222 may be disposed at theproximal end 205 of theneedle 103. In this regard, thelumen 222 may extend from thedistal end 202 to theproximal end 205, with the only access being at the distal and proximal ends 202, 205. In some embodiments, thelumen 222 is the only lumen of theneedle 103 disposed along theelongate member 203. - The
RF probe 401 inserted into thelumen 222 may be positioned such that an end of theRF probe 401 is proximate to thetip RF probe 401 may be positioned such that thedistal end 402 of theRF probe 401 is in thelumen 222 near thetip tip RF probe 401 may then be conducted by thetip filament 206 a, and/or thefilament 206 b. The size of thelumen 222 may be selected to accommodate a particular size ofRF probe 401. For example, thelumen 222 may be configured to accommodate at least a 22gauge RF probe 401, at least a 21gauge RF probe 401, or a larger orsmaller RF probe 401. For another example, thelumen 222 may have a maximum cross-sectional dimension of less than about 0.85 mm. - The proximal end of the
tube 207 may be operable to receive theRF probe 401. The proximal end of thetube 207 and theactuator 216 may be configured to accept a connector, such as a Luer fitting, such that a fluid source may be connected to the tube 207 (e.g., to deliver fluid through thelumen 222 and out the fluid port 210). - The
needle 103 includes twofilaments elongate member 203. Distal ends of thefilaments tip filaments filament hub 221 discussed below. Thefilaments longitudinal axis 223 between a fully deployed position as illustrated inFIGS. 3A , 3C, 3D, and 3F and a retracted position illustrated inFIGS. 3B and 3E . Moving thefilaments filaments filaments filaments filaments filaments - In the fully deployed position, the distal ends of the
filaments tip filaments body portion 303 of thetip tip filaments RF probe 401 to thetip filaments RF probe 401 inserted into thelumen 222, thetip filaments filaments RF probe 401 to be dispersed over a larger volume than would be possible with thetip - The
filaments filaments filaments -
FIG. 2E illustrates an embodiment in which thefilaments single wire 206 that is bent at the proximal end. The distal ends of thefilaments tip filaments single wire 206 may provide advantages such as, for example, coherent activation of thefilaments filaments filaments wire 206 may be a single wire or a plurality of wire segments joined together (e.g., via adhering with conductive epoxy, welding, soldering, combinations thereof, and the like). Other filaments described herein may also be coupled or bent at the proximal end. Thefilaments FIG. 2E are substantially parallel, and taper outwards before being bent at the proximal end. In some embodiments, thefilaments wire 206 is a semi-circle, for example having a radius between about 0.03 inches and about 0.07 inches (approx. between about 0.76 mm and about 1.8 mm), between about 0.04 inches and about 0.06 inches (approx. between about 1 mm and about 1.5 mm), between about 0.05 inches and about 0.055 inches (approx. between about 1.3 mm and about 1.4 mm) (e.g., about 0.052 inches (approx. about 1.32 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like. In some embodiments, thefilaments filaments elongate member 203 may be braided, wrapped, or twisted together. Such embodiments may increase column strength, providing resistance to buckling and/or bending in theelongate member 203. In some embodiments, thewire 206 has a diameter between about 0.0025 inches and about 0.04 inches (approx. between about 0.06 mm and about 1 mm), between about 0.005 inches and about 0.025 inches (approx. between about 0.13 mm and about 0.64 mm), between about 0.01 inches and about 0.02 inches (approx. between about 0.25 mm and about 0.5 mm) (e.g., about 0.014 inches (approx. about 0.36 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like. Other diameters are also possible. In some embodiments, thefilaments filaments wire 206, etc.). - The distal ends of the filaments may be shaped (e.g., pointed) to improve their ability to move through tissue. For example, the tips of the
filaments FIG. 3A have an outward-facing bevel. In some embodiments, the bevel is at an angle between about 15° and about 45°, between about 20° and about 40°, between about 25° and about 35° (e.g., about 30°), combinations thereof, and the like. In embodiments in which thefilaments filaments filaments FIG. 3D have an inward-facing bevel. In certain embodiments, bevels (e.g., inward-facing bevels) can help to induce splay between the tips of thefilaments filaments filaments FIG. 3G have a pencil-point. In certain embodiments, a pencil-point tip can help to reduce splay between the tips of thefilaments filaments filaments filaments filaments filaments FIG. 3A may have inwardly-facing bevels or pencil-point tips, thefilaments FIG. 3D may have outwardly-facing bevels or pencil-point tips, thefilaments FIG. 3C may have inwardly-facing bevels or pencil-point tips, thefilaments FIG. 3G may have inwardly-facing bevels or outwardly-facing bevels, etc.). - The positioning of the
filaments FIGS. 3A and 3D will now be described in relation toFIG. 5 .FIG. 5 is an end view of thetip 201 and deployedfilaments FIGS. 2A and 3A . Thefilaments filament angle 503 of about 120° apart from each other about the centrallongitudinal axis 223. This coincides with the positions of thefilament slots filaments filament slots filament angle 503 may be between about 90° and about 180°, between about 90° and about 150°, between about 100° and about 140°, between about 110° and about 130°, combinations thereof, and the like. A filament-free angle 504 of about 240° is defined as the largest angle about the circumference of thetip filaments filament angle 503 may be less than 180° and the filament-free angle 504 may be correspondingly greater than 180° (e.g., greater than 200° or greater than 240°). - In
FIG. 5 , the centrallongitudinal axis 223 is perpendicular to the plane of the illustration. Amidpoint 502 is defined betweendistal ends filaments midpoint 502 is offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223. For example, in some embodiments, themidpoint 502 is offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223 by about 2 mm. Other offset values are also possible. For example, the offset may be between about 0.5 mm and about 5 mm, between about 1 mm and about 4 mm, between about 1 mm and about 3 mm, greater than about 0.5 mm, less than about 5 mm, combinations thereof, and the like. When RF energy is transmitted from thetip 201 and both of thefilaments longitudinal axis 223 the cause the RF energy will be emitted from thetip 201 and thefilaments FIG. 5 , the energy will be biased in an upward direction in the direction from thepoint 301 toward themidpoint 502. Thus, when RF energy is transmitted during an RF neurotomy procedure, a lesion will be created that is correspondingly offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223 in the direction from thepoint 301 toward themidpoint 502. - Referring again to the asymmetric nature of the lesion, the lesion may be substantially a three-dimensional polygon (e.g., with rounded edges) of known dimensions and volume that is offset from the central cannula in a known and predictable way. Different embodiments may have different three-dimensional polygonal structures adapted to the intended ablation target. By contrast, needles without deployable filaments may be used to create asymmetric planar lesions by varying needle insertion during the ablation procedure, and may require substantial ablation volume overlap.
-
FIG. 6 is a side view of thetip 201 and thefilaments filament 206 b is entirely within the plane of the figure. Thefilaments tip 201 at a common distance, or location, along the centrallongitudinal axis 223. In some embodiments, thefilaments filament 206 b is deflected radially outwardly from the centrallongitudinal axis 223. Thefilament 206 b emerges from thetip 201 at anangle 601 of about 30° from the centrallongitudinal axis 223, which is parallel to the longitudinal axis of theelongate member 203. Theangle 601 may vary, for example, based at least partially on positioning of atransition region 305, mechanical properties of thefilament 206 b (e.g., shape-memory properties or lack thereof), and the like. In some embodiments, theangle 601 is between about 5° and about 85°, between about 10° and about 60°, between about 20° and about 40°, greater than about 5°, less than about 85°, combinations thereof, and the like. In some embodiments, theangle 601 is related to theangle 503. For example, theangle 601 may be a fraction of theangle 503, such as about ¼. In some embodiments, theangle 601 is unrelated to theangle 503, for example both being independently chosen to produce a certain lesion size or shape. In some embodiments, thedistal tips point 301 by adistance 602, are disposed at a distance 603 from the centrallongitudinal axis 223, and/or are disposed at adistance 604 from each other. In some embodiments, thedistance 602 is about 3.5 mm, the distance 603 is about 3 mm, and/or thedistance 604 is about 4.5 mm. Other distances are also possible. For example, in some embodiments, thedistance 602 is between about 0.5 mm and about 6 mm, between about 1 mm and about 5 mm, between about 3 mm and about 4 mm, combinations thereof, and the like. Other distances are also possible. For another example, in some embodiments, the distance 603 is between about 0.5 mm and about 6 mm, between about 1 mm and about 5 mm, between about 2 mm and about 4 mm, combinations thereof, and the like. Other distances are also possible. For yet another example, in some embodiments, thedistance 604 is between about 2 mm and about 7 mm, between about 3 mm and about 6 mm, between about 4 mm and about 5 mm, combinations thereof, and the like. Other distances are also possible. - The angles described herein (e.g., the
angles 503, 601) may be measured with respect to aneedle 103 in a deployed state outside of a patient's body, and that the angles may when the needle is inside a patient's body, for example based at least in part on splay of filaments due to beveling. - The
tip 211 and deployedfilaments FIG. 3D may also have afilament angle 503, a filament-free angle 504, amidpoint 502, anangle 601,distances FIGS. 5 and 6 . In some embodiments, the portion of the lesion based at least partially on RF energy emitted by thetip 211, and thus the shape of the lesion, may vary based on the position of the point 301 (e.g., inFIG. 3 d, thepoint 301 is on the side of thetip 211 that comprises thefilaments - The configuration of the
filaments FIGS. 2A , 3A, 3D, 5, and 6 may be operable to produce lesions that are radially offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223 and distally offset from thepoint 301 as compared to a lesion created by thetip needle 103 with thefilaments - Variations in the relative shapes, positions, and sizes of lesions created with the needle may be achieved by repositioning the filaments. For example, as noted herein, the lesion produced by the needle will be in different positions depending on whether the filaments are in the deployed or retracted positions. Lesions having intermediate shapes, positions, and/or sizes may be achieved by positioning the filaments in intermediate positions between the fully deployed (e.g., as illustrated in
FIGS. 3A , 3C, 3D, and 3G) and fully retracted positions (e.g., as illustrated inFIGS. 3B and 3E ). As noted herein, the needle with deployed filaments is operable to produce larger lesion volumes than the needle with retracted filaments. For example, the needle with fully deployed filaments may be operable to produce lesion volumes of about 500 mm3. Other lesion volumes are also possible. For example, the needle with fully deployed filaments may be operable to produce lesion volumes between about 100 mm3 and about 2,000 mm3, between about 200 mm3 and about 1,000 mm3, between about 250 mm3 and about 750 mm3, between about 400 mm3 and about 600 mm3, combinations thereof, and the like. - Further variation in the shape, position, and/or size of lesions created by needles with deployable filaments may be achieved by different configurations of filaments. Variations may include, for example, variations in materials, the number of filaments, the radial positioning of the filaments, the axial positioning of the filaments, the length of the filaments, the angle at which the filaments exit the tip, the shape of the filaments, etc. By varying these parameters, the needle may be configured to produce lesions of various sizes and shapes that are positioned at various locations relative to the tip. Such variations may be specifically tailored to be used in specific procedures, such as RF neurotomy procedures of particular nerves adjacent to particular vertebrae.
- Variations of the materials used for the tip and/or the filaments may be selected to achieve particular lesion sizes, positions, and/or shapes. For example, the tip may comprise (e.g., be made form) a material that does not conduct RF energy, in which case RF energy from the
RF probe 401 may be conducted by substantially only the deployed filaments. In certain such embodiments, emitting RF energy from the filaments may provide for a lesion with a larger offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223 than would be produced if the tip conducts RF energy and acts as an electrode along with the filaments. - Another material-related variation that may affect lesion shape, size, and/or position is the addition and placement of insulation over the tip and/or over the filaments. For example, by placing a layer of insulation over a proximal part of the portions of the filaments that extend from the tip when in the deployed position, the shape of the lesion may be altered since RF energy may primarily emanate from the distal, non-insulated part of the filaments. For another example, by placing a layer of insulation over a proximal part of the tip, the shape of the lesion may be altered since RF energy may primarily emanate from the distal, non-insulated part of the tip. Other parts of the filaments and/or tip may also be covered by an insulating material, for example a distal part of the filaments and/or tip, an intermediate part of the filaments and/or tip, combinations thereof, and the like, for example as described with respect to
FIGS. 3H and 3I . - Moreover, the materials used in making the filaments and tip may be selected based on RF conductivity. For example, by using a material for the tip that is less conductive of RF energy, the proportion of RF energy emanating from the tip as compared to that emanating from the filaments may be altered resulting in a corresponding change in lesion size, position and/or shape.
- The RF needles and RF probes discussed herein may be constructed from materials that are Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) compatible (e.g., titanium, aluminum, copper, platinum, non-magnetic 300 Series Stainless Steel, etc.). In certain such embodiments, MRI equipment may be used to verify the positioning of the needles and/or portions thereof and/or monitor the progress of an ablation procedure (e.g., RF neurotomy).
- Variations of the number of filaments used for needle may be selected to achieve particular lesion sizes, positions and/or shapes. For example, as illustrated in
FIG. 7 , athird filament 701 may extend from thetip 201′ (or other tips described herein such as the tip 211) in a position betweenfilaments tips filaments tip 702 offilament 701 may form apolygon 703 that has acentroid 704. Thecentroid 704 is offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223. Such an arrangement may produce a lesion that is offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223 to a different degree than, and shaped differently than, a lesion created by the needle ofFIG. 5 . In general, where a centroid of a polygon formed by the tips of filaments (or, in the case where there are two filaments, the midpoint between them) is offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223, a lesion created by such a configuration will be correspondingly offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223. Thefilaments same filament angle 503 of about 120° as in the embodiment ofFIG. 5 . Other filament angles 503, in eitherFIG. 5 orFIG. 7 , are also possible. The embodiment illustrated inFIG. 7 has a filament-free angle 504 of about 240°, also the same as in the embodiment ofFIG. 5 . Other filament-free angles 504, in eitherFIG. 5 orFIG. 7 , are also possible. In general, in embodiments in which the filaments are positioned in afilament angle 503 that is less than about 180°, resultant lesions will be offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223 in the direction of the filaments. In embodiments in which the filaments are positioned in afilament angle 503 that is less than about 180°, the filament-free angle is correspondingly greater than about 180° (e.g., greater than about 200° or greater than about 240°). - For another example, as illustrated in
FIG. 8 , four filaments 801 a-801 d are positioned about atip 201″ (or other tips described herein such as the tip 211). The tips of the filaments 801 a-801 d may form apolygon 802 that has acentroid 803. Thecentroid 803 is offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223. Such an arrangement may produce a lesion that is offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223 in the direction of thecentroid 803. The filaments 801 a-801 d are positioned at afilament angle 804 of about 200°. Other filament angles 804 are also possible. The embodiment illustrated inFIG. 8 has a filament-free angle 805 of about 160°. Other filament-free angles 805 are also possible.FIG. 8 illustrates an embodiment in which the filament-free angle 805 is less than about 180°, but which is capable of producing a lesion offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223. - In the herein-described embodiment of
FIGS. 2A , 3A, 3B, 5, and 6 with two filaments, amidpoint 502 between the filaments was discussed. In embodiments with more than two filaments, a centroid of a polygon formed by the distal ends of the filaments was discussed. Both the midpoints and the centroids may be considered to be “average” points of the filaments for their particular configurations. In such embodiments, the midpoint between filaments in two-filament embodiments and the centroid of the polygon in embodiments with more than two filaments may be offset from the central longitudinal axis of the elongate member. For example, the midpoint or centroid may be offset from the central longitudinal axis by 1 mm or more. In embodiments, the polygon may lie in a plane perpendicular to the central longitudinal axis. - As illustrated in, for example,
FIGS. 2A , 2D, 3A, 3C, 3D, 3G-3I, 5, 7, 8, 9, and 10, the distal ends of the filaments when fully deployed may be in a common plane. In some embodiments, the common plane is perpendicular or transverse to the central longitudinal axis. In some embodiments, the common plane is distal to thepoint - As illustrated in, for example,
FIGS. 2A , 2D, 3A, 3C, 3D, 3G-3I, 5, 7, and 10, the filaments of the needle may all be deployed on a common side of a central plane of the needle (where the central longitudinal axis is entirely within the central plane). In certain such embodiments, the distal ends of the filaments are all on a common side of the central plane. Such a configuration may enable the needle to be used to create a lesion that is offset from the tip of the needle to the same side of the central plane as the deployed filament ends. - As illustrated, for example, in
FIG. 2A , 2D, 3A, 3C, 3D, 3G-3I, and 10, the filaments when fully deployed may point in an at least partially distal direction. In this regard, a vector extending longitudinally from the distal end of a filament and coinciding with a central axis of the portion of the filament out of thetip 211 has at least some distal component. The fully deployed filaments in the embodiments illustrated inFIGS. 2A , 2D, 3A, 3C, 3D, 3G-3I, and 10 all point in an at least partially distal direction. -
FIG. 9 illustrates an embodiment in which the filaments are uniformly distributed about the circumference of thetip 201″″. The needle ofFIG. 9 includes threefilaments tip 201″″, theangles 902 a, 902 b, 902 c between thefilaments longitudinal axis 223. However, the position of the produced lesion longitudinally along the centrallongitudinal axis 223 may be determined by the configuration (e.g., length, deployment angle, etc.) of the filaments. For example, relatively longer filaments may be operable to produce lesions that are positioned distal to lesions produced by configurations with relatively shorter filaments. For another example, in an embodiment in which the filament 901 b is longer than thefilaments filaments 901 a, 901 b are longer than thefilament 901 c, the needle may be operable to create a lesion that is offset from the tip of the needle towards thefilaments 901 a, 901 b. - Referring again to
FIG. 7 , if thefilament 701 was distal to thefilaments longitudinal axis 223 than lesions resulting from an embodiment in which thefilaments longitudinal axis 223. In another variation, as deployed, two or more filaments may be at the same radial position and at different axial positions. Such embodiments may include multiple rows of filaments. - Referring again to
FIGS. 5 and 6 , if the lengths of the deployed portions of thefilaments FIGS. 5 and 6 . The effects of lengthening or shortening the deployed length of the filaments may be similar to those discussed herein with respect to partially deploying filaments. - In some embodiments, the needle includes filaments having deployed portions with different lengths. In certain embodiments in which all of the filaments are deployed and/or retracted by a common actuator and/or are part of the same wire, variations in filament lengths may be achieved by varying the overall length of the filaments. For example, the distal end of a shorter filament may be retracted further into the tip or elongate member than the distal end of a longer filament. The effects of lengthening or shortening the length of the deployed portions of the filaments may be similar to those discussed herein with respect to variations in the axial positioning of filaments emergence from the tip of the needle and/or with respect to partially deploying filaments.
- The angle at which a filament exits a tip (e.g., the
angle 601 ofFIG. 6 ) may be varied to achieve particular lesion sizes, positions, and/or shapes. For example, if theangle 601 inFIG. 6 was about 60°, the needle may be operable to produce a lesion that has a larger maximum cross-sectional dimension in a plane perpendicular to the centrallongitudinal axis 223 than if theangle 601 was about 30°, for example because the filaments can emanate RF energy at a distance further away from the central longitudinal axis. In some embodiments, the filaments can be deployed atdifferent angles 601 relative to the centrallongitudinal axis 223. - Referring again to
FIG. 10 , the deployed portions of thefilaments filaments filaments tip 201 and/or theelongate member 203 may cause thefilaments filaments FIG. 10 . The deployed shape of thefilaments filaments FIGS. 3A , 3C, 3D, and 3G-3I) may also be curved. In some embodiments, one filament is curved and one filament is straight. - The
curved filaments FIG. 10 are positioned in planes that include the centrallongitudinal axis 223. In other embodiments, thefilaments curved filaments FIG. 10 may be operable to produce a lesion that is flatter in a plane perpendicular to the centrallongitudinal axis 223 than, for example, thestraight filaments FIG. 6 . - In the embodiment illustrated in
FIGS. 2A and 2B , thefilaments elongate member 203 from thefilament hub 221 to thetip 201. In some embodiments, a single member may run along at least part of theelongate member 203 and thefilaments tip 201. - The illustrated embodiments show all of the filaments of a given embodiment as commonly deployed or retracted. In some embodiments, one or more filaments may be individually deployed and/or retracted. In some embodiments, a plurality of filaments may exit from the tip at a common location and form a fan-like arrangement as they are deployed.
- Deployment of filaments discussed herein has been described as movement of the filaments relative to a stationary tip. In some embodiments, the filaments may be deployed by pulling the tip back relative to the filaments (e.g., movement of the tip relative to stationary filaments). Movement of the tip rather than the filaments may be advantageous, for example, in embodiments in which the needle is initially advanced until in contact with bone to ensure proper positioning relative to target tissue, and then the tip may be retracted, leaving the filaments (e.g., curved shape memory filaments) in a precise, known position. In some embodiments, the filaments may be deployed by advancing the filaments and retracting the tip.
- Referring again to
FIGS. 2A and 2B , thehub 204 may be fixedly attached to theelongate member 203. Thehub 204 may be the primary portion of theneedle 103 gripped by the user during insertion and manipulation of theneedle 103. Thehub 204 may include an asymmetric feature, such as anindicator 225, that is in a known orientation relative to the asymmetry of thetip 201. In this regard, theindicator 225 may be used to communicate to the user the orientation of thetip 201 within a patient. For example, in the embodiment illustrated inFIG. 2A , theindicator 225 is fixed at an orientation circumferentially opposite to thefilament slots hub 204 may include acavity 213 sized to house alongitudinal protrusion 218 of theactuator 216. Thehub 204 may include a hole through which aprojection 215 may project into the interior of thecavity 213 to control the motion of theactuator 216 relative to thehub 204 and to secure theactuator 216 to thehub 204. Thehub 204 may comprise (e.g., be made from) any appropriate material (e.g., a thermoset plastic, Makrolon® 2548, available from Bayer). - The
actuator 216 may be used to control the motion to deploy and/or retract thefilaments actuator 216 is operable to move relative to thehub 204, theelongate member 203, and the tip 201 (e.g., parallel to the central longitudinal axis 223). Theactuator 216 includes thelongitudinal protrusion 218 extending into thecavity 213 of thehub 204. The outer surface of thelongitudinal protrusion 218 includes ahelical track 219 sized to accommodate theprojection 215. In this regard, as the actuator is rotated relative to the hub 204 (e.g., by a user to deploy thefilaments helical track 219 and theprojection 215 combine to cause theactuator 216 to move longitudinally (e.g., parallel to the central longitudinal axis 223). Theactuator 216 comprises aninterface portion 217 that may be gripped by a user when rotating theactuator 216. Theinterface portion 217 may be knurled or otherwise textured to enhance the user's ability to rotate theactuator 216. Thehub 204 may also include a textured or shaped feature (e.g., the indicator 225) configured to enhance the user's ability to rotate theactuator 216 relative to thehub 204. Thelongitudinal protrusion 218 of theactuator 216 may include aninner cavity 226 sized to accept afilament hub 221 and to allow thefilament hub 221 to rotate freely relative to theactuator 216. In this regard, the linear motion of theactuator 216 may be transmitted to thefilament hub 221 while the rotational motion of theactuator 216 may not be transmitted to thefilament hub 221 - The
actuator 216 may include a Luer fitting 220 or any other appropriate fitting type on a proximal end thereof. The Luer fitting 220 may be in fluid communication with thelumen 222 and provide a connection such that fluid may be delivered into thelumen 222 and to thefluid port 210 of thetip RF probe 401 into thelumen 222. Theactuator 216 may comprise any appropriate material (e.g., Pro-fax 6523 polypropylene homopolymer, available from LyondellBasell Industries). - The
filaments filament hub 221. In this regard, the longitudinal movement of thefilament hub 221 due to theactuator 216 may be communicated to thefilaments filaments actuator 216. Thefilament hub 221 may comprise any appropriate material (e.g., Pro-fax 6523 polypropylene homopolymer, available from LyondellBasell Industries). - The user can deploy or retract the
filaments actuator 216. For example, as illustrated, a counterclockwise (as seen from the viewpoint ofFIG. 5 ) rotation of theactuator 216 relative to thehub 204 will result in the deployment (extension) of thefilaments actuator 216 relative to thehub 204 will result in the retraction of thefilaments - The
filaments actuator 216 relative to thehub 204. Theactuator 216 and/or thehub 204 may include markings to indicate the position of thefilaments actuator 216 and/or thehub 204 may include detents to provide audible and/or tactile feedback of the position of thefilaments - In some embodiments, the filaments may be deployed at the user's discretion to a deployed position proximal to, at, or distal to a plane perpendicular or transverse to the central
longitudinal axis 223 at thepoint actuator 216 may deploy the filaments in a fully deployed position that is distal to a plane perpendicular or transverse to the centrallongitudinal axis 223 at thepoint actuator 216 may deploy the filaments in a partially deployed position that is at a plane perpendicular or transverse to the centrallongitudinal axis 223 at thepoint actuator 216 may deploy the filaments in a partially deployed position that is proximal to a plane perpendicular or transverse to the centrallongitudinal axis 223 at thepoint actuator 216 and/or thehub 204 may include features such as stops or detents to provide audible and/or tactile feedback regarding the extent of deployment (e.g., at 0/3, 1/3, 2/3, and 3/3) and/or the position of thefilaments -
FIGS. 17A-17E illustrate components of the mechanism at theproximal end 205 of theneedle 103 ofFIG. 2D . The mechanism may also be used, for example, with theneedle 103 ofFIG. 2A and other needles described herein. The components described with respect toFIGS. 17A-17E may include features described herein with respect toFIGS. 2B and 2C , and the components described herein, for example with respect toFIGS. 2B and 2C may include features described herein with respect toFIGS. 17A-17E . Combinations of components are also possible. -
FIG. 17A is an exploded view of components of the deployment mechanism ofFIG. 2D . The mechanism comprises an advancing hub orslide member 1710, a spin collar oractuator 1720, and amain hub 1730.FIG. 17B is a cross-sectional view of the advancinghub 1710, thespin collar 1720, and themain hub 1730 assembled together, as well as half of thewire 206 illustrated inFIG. 2E . The advancinghub 1710 includes a stem orlongitudinal protrusion 1712. Thespin collar 1720 includes alumen 1721 extending from the proximal end to the distal end. Themain hub 1730 includes alumen 1731 extending from the proximal end to the distal end. When assembled, thestem 1712 of the advancinghub 1710 is in thelumen 1721 of thespin collar 1720 and in thelumen 1731 of themain hub 1730. The advancinghub 1710 may include anannular protrusion 1714 that may interact with an annular protrusion of the spin collar 1720 (e.g., theannular protrusion 1714 having a larger diameter than the annular protrusion 1724) to inhibit thestem 1712 from exiting the proximal end of thelumen 1721. In some embodiments, theannular protrusions stem 1712 and theannular protrusion 1714 into thelumen 1721 and perpendicular surfaces to inhibit theannular protrusion 1714 and thestem 1712 from exiting the proximal end of thelumen 1721. Themain hub 1730 includes a stem orlongitudinal protrusion 1734. When assembled, thestem 1734 of themain hub 1730 is in thelumen 1721 of thespin collar 1720. Other interactions between the advancinghub 1710, thespin collar 1720, and themain hub 1730 are described herein, for example with respect toFIGS. 17C-17E . -
FIG. 17C is a perspective view of an example embodiment of the advancinghub 1710 and thewire 206 ofFIG. 2E . Thestem 1712 of the advancinghub 1710 comprises aU-shaped recess 1713 configured to interact with the bent proximal portion of thewire 206. Other shapes of therecess 1713 are also possible (e.g., V-shaped). Therecess 1713 may complement the shape of the proximal end of thewire 206. In some embodiments, the width of therecess 1713 is slightly smaller (e.g., about 0.001 inches (approx. about 0.025 mm) smaller) than the diameter of thewire 206 such that after being press-fit, thewire 206 is fixedly interconnected to the advancinghub 1710. - In some embodiments, the
stem 1712 is shaped as illustrated inFIG. 17C , including a perpendicular or transverse cross-section that includes flat surfaces (e.g., the surface comprising the top of the recess 1713) and arcuate surfaces, for example an ellipse with squared ends. Thelumen 1731 of themain hub 1730 may comprise complementary surfaces, for example in a wider proximal portion, such that when thestem 1712 is in thelumen 1731, the advancinghub 1710 is in a fixed rotational position relative to themain hub 1710. Other shapes and rotational fixation configurations are also possible. - The proximal end of the advancing
hub 1710 comprises a fitting 220 (e.g., a Luer fitting or any other appropriate fitting). When assembled, the fitting 220 is proximal to thespin collar 1720. The advancinghub 1710 comprises alumen 1711 extending from the proximal end to the distal end. A fluid delivery device such as a syringe may be attached to the fitting 220 to deliver fluid through thelumen 1711 and then through thelumen 1731 of the main hub, thelumen 308 of theelongate member 203, thelumen 306 c of thetip 211, and out thefluid port 210 of thetip 211. TheRF probe 401 may be inserted into thelumen 1711, then into thelumen 1731 of the main hub, then into thelumen 308 of theelongate member 203, then into thelumen 306 c of thetip 211. TheRF probe 401 may include a fitting configured to interact with the fitting 220. Thelumen 1711 may include a wide diameter portion in the area of the fitting 220 and a narrow diameter portion in the area of thestem 1712, and atapered surface 1715 transitioning from the wide diameter portion to the narrow diameter portion. The taperedsurface 1715 may help direct fluid and/or anRF probe 401 into the narrow diameter portion. In some embodiments, the narrow diameter portion of thelumen 1711 has a diameter between about 0.005 inches and about 0.05 inches (approx. between about 0.13 mm and about 1.3 mm), between about 0.01 inches and about 0.03 inches (approx. between about 0.25 mm and about 0.76 mm), between about 0.015 inches and about 0.025 inches (approx. between about 0.38 mm and about 0.64 mm) (e.g., about 0.02 inches (approx. about 0.5 mm)), combinations thereof, and the like. In some embodiments, the narrow diameter portion of thelumen 1711 has a diameter that is no larger than the diameter of any other lumen of theneedle 103 such that fluid pressure will default to the distal end of theneedle 103. For example, the narrow diameter portion of thelumen 1711 may have a diameter of about 0.02 inches (approx. about 0.5 mm), the narrow diameter portion of thelumen 1731 may have a diameter of about 0.05 inches (approx. about 1.3 mm), thelumen 308 of theelongate member 203 may have a diameter of about 0.05 inches (approx. about 1.3 mm), and thelumen 306 c may have a width of about 0.02 inches (approx. about 0.5 mm). In some embodiments, thelumen 306 c may be slightly smaller than the narrow diameter portion of thelumen 1711 and have the same effect, for example due to small losses of fluid through thelumens filament ports filament ports fluid port 210. In some embodiments, the advancinghub 1710 comprises a polymer (e.g., Pro-fax 6523 polypropylene homopolymer, available from LyondellBasell Industries). -
FIG. 17D is a cross-sectional view of an example embodiment of aspin collar 1720. The cross-section is along the same line as inFIG. 17B , but further features are visible because not blocked by the advancinghub 1710 or themain hub 1730. As illustrated inFIG. 17B , thelumen 1721 is configured to at least partially contain thestem 1712 and thestem 1734, and not to contact fluid or anRF probe 401. Thelumen 1721 comprises ahelical track 1722 sized to interact with a corresponding helical thread 1735 (FIG. 17A ) on thestem 1734 of themain hub 1730. As thespin collar 1720 is rotated relative to the main hub 1730 (e.g., by a user stabilizing the needle and gripping themain hub 1730 with the non-dominant hand and manipulating thespin collar 1720 with the dominant hand), for example, to deploy thefilaments helical track 1722 and thehelical thread 1735 interact to cause thespin collar 1720 and the advancinghub 1710 to move longitudinally parallel to the centrallongitudinal axis 223. In this regard, a linear motion of the advancinghub 1710 relative to themain hub 1730 may be created while the rotational motion of thespin collar 1720 may not be transmitted to the advancinghub 1710 and themain hub 1730. In some embodiments, between about 1.25 turns and about 1.5 turns of thespin collar 1720 fully deploys thefilaments spin collar 1720 fully deploys thefilaments helical track 1722 and thehelical thread 1735 may be adjusted to provide varying levels of filament deployment with varying levels of rotation of thespin collar 1720. An outer surface of thespin collar 1720 may be textured or includefeatures 1723 to assist the user in gripping and twisting or rotating thespin collar 1720 relative to themain hub 1730. In some embodiments, the spin collar comprises thehelical thread 1735 and themain hub 1730 comprises thehelical track 1722. In some embodiments, thespin collar 1720 comprises a polymer (e.g., Pro-fax 6523 polypropylene homopolymer, available from LyondellBasell Industries). -
FIG. 17E is a cross-sectional view of an example embodiment of themain hub 1730, taken along theline 17E-17E ofFIG. 17B , in exploded view with an example embodiment of anelongate member 203. The proximal end of theelongate member 203, to the right inFIG. 17E , includes a partialcircumferential portion 1736. Thedistal end lumen 1731 of themain hub 1730 includes a complementary partialcircumferential portion 1737. The partialcircumferential portions elongate member 203 to be in a fixed and known rotational orientation with themain hub 1730, for example after assembly because the relative position of theindicator 1733 and thepartial circumferential portion 1737 is known. For example, the distal end of theelongate member 203, to the left inFIG. 17E , includes thefilament ports partial circumferential portion 1736. Other partial circumferential portions and other complementary shapes are also possible. For example, the partial circumferential portions may comprise interlocking teeth. In some embodiments, the thickness of thepartial circumferential portion 1737 is substantially the same as the thickness of the walls of theelongate member 1736 to provide a smooth transition between thelumen 1731 and thelumen 308. In some embodiments, themain hub 1730 comprises clear polycarbonate (e.g., thermoset plastic such as Makrolon® 2548, available from Bayer). In some embodiments, the elongate member comprises a hypotube (e.g., comprising 300 Series Stainless Steel) with features such as thefilament ports partial circumferential portion 1736 cut out (e.g., by laser, mechanical, chemical, or other cutting methods). - Other types of mechanisms may be used to control deployment and retraction of the filaments. For example, in some embodiments, the mechanism includes a spring configured to bias the
filaments hub 204, that would advance or retract thefilaments hub 204 and theactuator 216 may interact via complimentary threaded features. As theactuator 216 is threaded into thehub 204, thefilaments actuator 216 is threaded out of thehub 204, thefilaments filaments filaments needle 103. Any of the mechanisms described herein may be used for controlling deployment and retraction of the filaments of any of the embodiments described herein. For example, the mechanisms illustrated inFIGS. 2A-2D and 17A-17E may be used to deploy and retract the filaments inFIGS. 3A , 3C, 3D, 3G-3I, and 5-10. -
FIG. 2C is a partial cut away and partial cross-sectional view of a portion of an alternate embodiment of amechanism 230 comprising ahub 231 andactuator 232 that may be part of aneedle 103 used in an RF neurotomy procedure. Thehub 231 may be fixedly attached to theelongate member 203. Thehub 231 may be the primary portion of theneedle 103 gripped by the user during insertion and manipulation of theneedle 103. Thehub 231 may include an asymmetric feature, such as anindicator 233, that is in an known orientation relative to the asymmetry of thetip 201. In this regard, theindicator 233 may be used to communicate to the user the orientation of thetip 201 within a patient. Internally, thehub 231 may include acavity 234 sized to house alongitudinal protrusion 235 of aslide member 236. Thelongitudinal protrusion 235 may include a keyway orkey slot 237 that may run along a longitudinal direction of thelongitudinal protrusion 235. The internal surface of thehub 231 through which thelongitudinal protrusion 235 moves may include a mating key (not shown) configured to fit and slide in thekey slot 237. Together, thekey slot 237 and mating key of thehub 231 may limit theslide member 236 to a linear motion parallel to the centrallongitudinal axis 223. - The
filaments longitudinal protrusion 235 of theslide member 236 for longitudinal movement therewith. In this regard, distal movement (e.g., movement to the right as shown inFIG. 2C ) of thelongitudinal protrusion 235 relative to thehub 231 may cause extension of thefilaments hub 231, theelongate member 203, and thetip 201. For example, distal movement of thelongitudinal protrusion 235 may move thefilaments FIG. 2C ) of thelongitudinal protrusion 235 relative to thehub 231 may result in retraction of thefilaments hub 231, theelongate member 203, and thetip 201. - The
hub 231 may be made from any appropriate material (e.g., a thermoset plastic, Makrolon® 2548, available from Bayer). Thehub 231 may be at least partially transparent such that the position of thelongitudinal protrusion 235 and/or other components of thehub 231 may be observable by a user. Thehub 231 may further include demarcations (e.g., molded or printed marks) such that the amount of extension of thefilaments longitudinal protrusion 235 and/or other components relative to the demarcations. - An
actuator 232 may be used to control the motion to deploy and/or retract thefilaments longitudinal protrusion 235. Theactuator 232 may be generally tubular such that it fits around alongitudinal hub projection 238 projecting from the proximal end of thehub 231. At least a portion of thecavity 234 may be in thelongitudinal hub projection 238. Theactuator 232 may also include anannular feature 239 configured to fit in anannular slot 240 in theslide member 236. Theannular feature 239 may be sized relative to theannular slot 240 such that theactuator 232 may rotate relative to theslide member 236 about the centrallongitudinal axis 223 or an axis parallel thereto while the position of theactuator 232 relative to theslide member 236 along the centrallongitudinal axis 223 remains fixed. In this regard, theactuator 232 and theslide member 236 may be configured to move in tandem relation along the centrallongitudinal axis 223. Theannular feature 239 andannular slot 240 may be configured such that, during assembly, theactuator 232 may be pressed onto theslide member 236 and theannular feature 239 may snap into theannular slot 240. - The inner surface of the
actuator 232 may include ahelical track 241 sized to accommodate a corresponding matinghelical thread 242 on thelongitudinal hub projection 238. In this regard, as theactuator 232 is rotated relative to theslide member 236 and the hub 231 (e.g., by a user to deploy thefilaments helical track 241 and thehelical thread 242 interact to cause theactuator 232 and theslide member 236 to move longitudinally along the centrallongitudinal axis 223. In this regard, a linear motion of theslide member 236 relative to thehub 231 may be created while the rotational motion of theactuator 232 may not be transmitted to theslide member 236 and thehub 231. An outer surface of theactuator 232 may be textured or include features to assist the user in gripping and twisting or rotating theactuator 232 relative to thehub 231. In some embodiments, thelongitudinal hub projection 238 comprises thehelical track 241 and the inner surface of theactuator 232 comprises thehelical thread 242. - The proximal end of the
slide member 236 may include a Luer fitting 243 or any other appropriate fitting type. The Luer fitting 243 may be in fluid communication with a lumen passing through theslide member 236 and may provide a connection such that fluid may be delivered through the Luer fitting 243 and into the lumen of theslide member 236. In turn, the lumen of theslide member 236 may be in fluid communication with thecavity 234 of thehub 231, which may in turn be in fluid communication with a lumen in the elongate member 223 (e.g., the lumen 222). The lumen in theelongate member 223 may be in fluid communication with the tip 201 (e.g., the fluid port 210). In this regard, fluid may flow into the Luer fitting 243, into and through the lumen in theslide member 236, into and through thecavity 234 of thehub 231, into and through theelongate member 223, and out fromfluid portion 210 of thetip 201. The Luer fitting 243, the lumen in theslide member 236, thecavity 234 of thehub 231, and the lumen of theelongate member 223 may all also be configured to allow for the insertion of theRF probe 401 therethrough. Theprotrusion 235 and thecavity 234 of thelongitudinal hub projection 238 may be sized and/or configured to form a fluid seal therebetween, allowing fluid delivered under pressure through the Luer fitting 220 to flow through thecavity 238 and into theelongate member 203 substantially without leaking past the interface between theprotrusion 235 and thecavity 234 of thelongitudinal hub projection 238. - As described herein, the
filaments slide member 236. Axial movement of theslide member 236 due to theactuator 232 may be thereby communicated to thefilaments filaments actuator 232. Theslide member 236 may be made from any appropriate material (e.g., Pro-fax 6523 polypropylene homopolymer, available from LyondellBasell Industries). Theactuator 232 may be made from any appropriate material (e.g., Pro-fax 6523 polypropylene homopolymer, available from LyondellBasell Industries). - The user can deploy or retract the
filaments actuator 232. By partially rotating theactuator 232 relative to thehub 231, thefilaments actuator 232 and/orhub 231 may include detents to provide audible and/or tactile feedback of the position of thefilaments filaments - In some embodiments, the
needle 103 is a multipolar (e.g., bipolar) device in contrast to the monopolar devices described herein. In certain such embodiments, the filaments are isolated from each other and/or from the tip to enable bipolar operation (e.g., the filaments having one polarity and the tip having a second polarity, one filament having one polarity and one filament and the tip having a second polarity, one filament having one polarity and one filament having a second polarity, etc.). In embodiments in which theneedle 103 comprises more than two filaments, elements may be included to allow for selection of the polarity of the certain filaments to aid in lesion shape, size, and/or position control. In some embodiments, theneedle 103 may be used in either a monopolar mode or in a bipolar mode as selected by the user. For example, RF probes 401 may include shapes, insulating features, etc. configured to produce monopolarity or bipolarity. - The herein-described embodiments of needles may be used in spinal RF neurotomy procedures, which will now be described. In general, for an RF neurotomy procedure, the patient may lie face down on a table so that the spine of the patient is accessible to the user. At any appropriate time before, during, and/or after the procedure, the user may use imaging equipment, such a fluoroscope, to visualize the patient's anatomy and/or to visualize the positioning of equipment (e.g., the needle relative to a target volume).
- The patient may be administered sedatives and/or intravenous fluids as appropriate. The skin of the patient surrounding the procedure location may be prepared and maintained using an appropriate sterile technique. In embodiments in which the needle is monopolar, a
return electrode pad 104 may be attached to the patient. A local anesthetic may be injected subcutaneously where the needle will be inserted or along the approximate path of the needle, for example through the needle itself or through a different needle. - With the filaments in the retracted position, the needle may be introduced into the patient and moved to a target position relative to a target portion of a target nerve or to a target position relative to a target volume in which the target nerve is likely situated (all of which are generally referred to herein as the target nerve or portion of the target nerve). The target nerve may be an afferent nociceptive nerve such as, for example, a medial branch nerve proximate a lumbar facet joint. Introduction of the needle into the patient may include percutaneously using the tip of the needle to pierce the skin of the patient. The moving of the needle may include navigating toward the target position using fluoroscopic guidance. Furthermore, the moving of the needle may include advancing the needle to an intermediate position and then repositioning the needle to the target position. For example, the needle may be advanced until it contacts a bone or other structure to achieve the intermediate position. This may be followed by retracting the needle a predetermined distance to achieve the target position. Such a procedure may be facilitated by the
markers 224 or collar discussed herein. - During the moving of the needle or after the target position has been achieved, the needle may be used to inject an anesthetic and/or a dye proximate to the target nerve. The dye may increase contrast in fluoroscopic images to assist in visualizing the patient's anatomy, which may aid the user in guiding and/or verifying the position of the needle.
- The needle may be rotated about the central longitudinal axis of the elongate member of the needle to achieve a desired orientation relative to the target nerve. For example, the needle may be rotated such that a lesion created with the needle with the filaments deployed will be offset from the central longitudinal axis toward the target nerve. Such rotation of the needle may be performed prior to insertion of the needle into the patient and/or after insertion into the patient. For example, the user may rotate the needle prior to insertion such that the needle is generally in the desired rotational orientation. Then, after achieving the target position, the user may fine tune the rotational orientation of the needle by rotating the needle to a more precise orientation. As described herein, the hub or another portion of the needle outside the patient's body may indicate the rotational orientation of the needle.
- Once the target position and desired rotational orientation have been achieved, the next step may be to advance one or more filaments of the needle relative to the tip of the needle. The particular needle used for a procedure may have been selected to enable the creation of a particular sized and shaped lesion at a particular position relative to the needle. The particular needle used may be of any appropriate configuration discussed herein (e.g., any appropriate number of filaments, any appropriate filament positioning, monopolar or bipolar, any appropriate deployment and retraction mechanism, etc.).
- In embodiments in which the needle is configured as illustrated in
FIGS. 5 and 6 (e.g., about 120° apart), the advancement of filaments may include advancing the filaments such that when the filaments are in their respective deployed positions, a midpoint between a distal end of the first filament and a distal end of the second filament is offset from the central longitudinal axis of the needle, and the filament endpoints are distal to the tip of the needle. Such deployment may enable the needle to be used to create a lesion that is offset from the tip of the needle toward the midpoint between the deployed filament ends. The lesion created may also be positioned at least partially distal to the tip of the needle. -
FIG. 11A is an illustration of an example set of isotherms 1010 a-1010 c that may be created with theneedle 103 ofFIG. 2A . As illustrated by the set of isotherms 1010 a-1010 c, RF energy emanating from thetip 201 and from thefilaments tip 201 and thefilaments longitudinal axis 223 such that a centroid of the isotherms as viewed inFIG. 11A is offset from the centrallongitudinal axis 223 in the direction of thefilaments FIG. 11A may also be distal relative to thetip 201 and between thetip 201 and the distal ends of the deployedfilaments FIG. 11A , the isotherms 1010 a-1010 c have a maximum cross-sectional dimension along the centrallongitudinal axis 223 that is greater than a maximum cross dimension in the plane ofFIG. 11A perpendicular to the centrallongitudinal axis 223. As visible in the illustrated orientation ofFIG. 11B , the isotherms 1010 a-1010 c may have a maximum cross-sectional dimension along the centrallongitudinal axis 223 that is greater than a maximum cross-sectional dimension perpendicular to the plane ofFIG. 11A and perpendicular to the centrallongitudinal axis 223. - The offset of the centroid of the isotherms 1010 a-1010 c from the central
longitudinal axis 223 may result in greater lesion width in a plane perpendicular to the centrallongitudinal axis 223, as compared to a similarly-sized straight needle with no filaments. The offset of the centroid of the isotherms 1010 a-1010 c may also allow for projection of the centroid of a corresponding lesion volume in a direction away from the centrallongitudinal axis 223. By way of example, such offsets may advantageously enable the execution of the example procedures described herein. Such offsets may advantageously enable the creation of lesion volumes distal (relative to the needle 103) to potentially interfering structures (e.g., an ossified process). Such offsets may advantageously enable theneedle 103 to be inserted into a patient at a more desirable angle (e.g., closer to perpendicular to the surface of the patient such as within 30° of perpendicular to the surface of the patient), at a more desirable piercing location, and/or through more desirable tissue than may be attempted using a needle without offset lesion capabilities. -
FIG. 11B is an illustration of anexample lesion 1011 that may be created with theneedle 103 ofFIG. 2A . InFIG. 11B , theneedle 103 has been placed perpendicular to asurface 1012. Thesurface 1012 may, for example, be the surface of a bone, such as a lumbar vertebra. As illustrated, thefilaments surface 1012. In some embodiments, contact with thesurface 1012 might undesirably deform thefilaments lesion 1011 has a width along thesurface 1012 that is wider than would be created by theneedle 103 if thefilaments surface 1012, but its exact position is unknown. In such a case, theneedle 103 may be positioned generally perpendicular to thesurface 1012 to achieve the illustrated lesion width along thesurface 1012, whereas achieve the same lesion width along thesurface 1012 using a theneedle 103 without thefilaments needle 103 generally parallel to thesurface 1012. -
FIG. 11C is an illustration of anexample lesion 1022 that may be created with a single-filament needle 1020. The single-filament needle 1020 may be similar to theneedle 103, although the single-filament needle 1020 includes only asingle filament 1021. Thefilament 1021 may be configured similarly to thefilaments filament needle 1020 with thefilament 1021 deployed may be operable to produce alesion 1022 that is a flattened version (e.g., thinner in a direction perpendicular to the centrallongitudinal axis 223, which is the left to right direction as illustrated inFIG. 11C ) of a lesion that may be produced by theneedle 103 with twofilaments needle 103 may allow differential or selective deployment and/or activation of thefilaments needle 103 may imitate the single-filament needle 1020. - In embodiments in which the needle is configured such that all of the filaments of the needle are deployed on a common side of a central plane of the needle (in which the central longitudinal axis is entirely within the central plane), the advancement of filaments may include advancing the filaments such that when the filaments are in their respective deployed positions, the distal ends of all of the filaments are on a common side of the central plane. Such deployment may enable the needle to be used to create a lesion that is offset from the tip of the needle to the same side of the central plane as the deployed filament ends. The lesion created may also be positioned at least partially distal to the tip of the needle.
- In embodiments in which the needle is configured as illustrated in
FIG. 7 or 8, the advancement of filaments may include advancing the filaments such that when the filaments are in their respective deployed positions, each filament distal end defines a vertex of a polygon whose centroid is offset from a central longitudinal axis of the needle. Such deployment may enable the needle to be used to create a lesion that is offset from the tip of the needle toward the centroid. The lesion created may also be positioned at least partially distal to the tip of the needle. - The advancement of the filaments may be achieved using any of the mechanisms discussed herein. For example, in the embodiment of
FIG. 2A , rotating theactuator 216 relative to thehub 204 may cause the filaments to advance to the deployed position. The advancement of the filaments may be performed such that each of the plurality of filaments passes through a surface of the needle that is parallel to the central longitudinal axis of the needle. In some embodiments, the filaments of the needle may be advanced to a position that is an intermediate position between the retracted position and the fully deployed position. The degree of deployment may be based on the desired lesion size and/or the accuracy of the placement of needle. For example, the same needle may be used in two different procedures where the variability of the location of a target nerve is greater in the first procedure than it is in the second procedure. In such situation, the greater deployment of the filaments may be used in the first procedure, whereas in the second procedure, a smaller degree of deployment may be used since a smaller lesion may suffice to ensure that the target nerve has been ablated. For another example, after placement of the needle during a procedure, the position of the needle may be determined to be slightly offset from a target position. In such a case, the filaments may be deployed to a greater degree than would have been required if the needle were placed exactly on target. In such a case, the greater degree of deployment may be used to compensate for the needle positioning inaccuracy. In such a case, needle repositioning and possible associated trauma may be avoided. - During and/or after advancing the filaments to the deployed position, their positions may be confirmed using an imaging system (e.g., using a fluoroscope). Proper filament positioning may also be verified by using the needle to stimulate the target nerve. For example, an electrical signal (e.g., up to about 2 volts applied at about 2 Hz) may be applied to the needle and the user may observe any related patient movement (e.g., muscle fasciculation in the territory supplied by the nerve). For another example, an electrical signal (e.g., up to about 1 volt applied at about 50 Hz) may be applied to the needle and the patient may indicate if they feel any associated sensations and their locations to assist in verifying correct needle positioning. Such stimulation (user-observed and/or patient reported) may be used to stimulate a targeted nerve to determine if the deployed position is adequate to achieve denervation of the targeted nerve. In this regard, it is desirable for the stimulation to affect the targeted nerve. Upon determination that the target nerve is stimulated, increased energy may be applied to ablate a volume comprising the target nerve.
- Such stimulation may also be used to attempt to stimulate a nerve that is not targeted for denervation (e.g., a nerve where no denervation is desired) to determine the position of the needle relative to such a non-targeted nerve. In this regard, if the stimulation signal does not stimulate the non-targeted nerve, the user may determine that the position of the needle relative to the non-targeted nerve is such that the application of ablation energy to the needle will not result in significant damage to (e.g., ablation of) the non-targeted nerve. If the stimulation stimulates the non-targeted nerve (e.g., as determined by user observation and/or patient reporting), the needle may be repositioned to avoid damaging the non-targeted nerve. In this regard, it is desirable for the stimulation not to affect the non-targeted nerve.
- After correct needle positioning has been verified (e.g., by imaging and/or stimulation), an anesthetic may be injected through the needle, for example out of at least one of the
fluid port filament ports lumen 306 c, etc. - After the filaments have been advanced to the desired position, the next step may be to apply RF energy to the needle using the interconnected RF generator. In embodiments that use a separate RF probe to deliver RF energy, the RF probe may be inserted into a lumen of the needle prior to application of the RF energy. When using such a configuration, the application of RF energy may include applying RF energy to the RF probe and conducting the RF energy away from the probe by the tip and/or filaments.
- The resultant RF energy emanating from the tip and/or the filaments may generate heat that ablates the target nerve. Such ablation may be achieved by creating a lesion volume that includes the target nerve. It is desired that the target nerve be completely ablated to prevent incomplete neurotomy which may result in dysesthesia and/or patient discomfort. For example, a lesion with a maximum cross-sectional dimension between about 8 mm and about 10 mm may be created. Larger or smaller lesions may be created by varying filament characteristics (e.g., filament advancement distance) and/or RF energy levels. The created lesion may be offset from the central longitudinal axis of the needle. The center of the lesion may be distal to the tip of the needle. Of note, since the RF energy is emanating from the tip and filaments, a particularly sized lesion may be created with a lower peak temperature (the maximum temperature experienced in the patient) than would be possible if a needle without filaments or without deployed filaments were to be used to create the same-sized lesion. For example, a particular lesion may be achieved with the needle with deployed filaments where the peak temperature is between about 55° C. and about 60° C. or less than about 70° C., whereas creation of the same lesion using a needle without filaments or without deployed filaments could require a peak temperature of about 80° C. Such lower temperature lesions achievable by a needle with deployed filaments may result in greater patient safety and/or procedure tolerance.
- Before, during, and/or after the application of RF energy, a temperature sensor (e.g., thermocouple) at or near the tip of the needle may be used to monitor the temperature at or near the tip. Such readings may be used as control signals (e.g., a feedback loop) to control the application of RF energy to the needle. For example, control signals and/or temperature data may be used for closed-loop control of the
needle 103 by automatic adjustment of a parameter (e.g., frequency, wattage, and/or application duration of the RF energy, and/or filament deployment length, needle position, etc.) upon detection of a temperature. Feedback loops involving the user are also possible. If it is desired to ablate additional target nerves or to ablate an additional volume to ensure ablation of the original target nerve, the spinal RF neurotomy procedure may continue. In some embodiments, thedistal end 402 of theRF probe 401 is a dual-purpose wire that can deliver RF energy to the tip and/or the filaments and that can act as a thermocouple (e.g., having thermosensing properties). - In embodiments in which the needle is configured to create lesions offset from the central longitudinal axis, and an additional target nerve or target volume is within a volume that may be ablated using the needle in its current position but in a different rotational orientation, the procedure may continue as follows. First, after the initial RF energy application, the filaments may be retracted into the needle. Once retracted, the needle may be rotated, and the filaments redeployed. The redeployment may have the same characteristics (e.g., length of the deployed portions of the filaments) as the original deployment or different characteristics. Next, the reoriented needle may be used to at least partially ablate the additional target nerve or target volume. Such retargeting of ablation volumes without repositioning (e.g., without withdrawing the needle from the patient and reinserting), may result in reduced patient trauma as compared to known spinal RF neurotomy procedures, which may require removal and reinsertion of a needle to achieve lesioning of the second target volume. Moreover, such retargeting of ablation volumes without repositioning (e.g., with only rotation of the needle, without additional tissue piercing) may result in the ability to create uniquely shaped lesions from a single insertion position. Such shaped lesions may include, for example, lesions that are in the shape of two or more intersecting spheres or oblong spheroids. The steps of retracting the filaments, rotating the needle, redeploying the filaments, and applying RF energy may be repeated a plurality of times. In some embodiments, an second ablation volume may be defined without rotating the needle, but by different deployment characteristics (e.g., lengths, RF energy parameters, etc.) of the filaments.
- In embodiments in which the additional target nerve or target volume is not within a volume that may be ablated by rotating the needle, the needle may be repositioned. Such repositioning may include partially or fully removing the needle from the patient and then repositioning the needle and repeating the herein-described steps. In some embodiments, the second ablation is performed using a different needle (e.g., a needle with different properties (e.g., longer filaments)) than the original needle.
- When no additional ablation is desired, the filaments of the needle may be retracted, and the needle may be removed from the patient. After removal of the needle, a sterile bandage may be placed over the needle insertion site or sites. The patient may then be held for observation and recovery from the effects of any sedative that may have been administered.
- Examples of specific spinal RF neurotomy procedures will now be described. Generally, steps unique to each procedure will be discussed while steps common to any spinal RF neurotomy procedure (e.g., site preparation such as infiltrating the skin and subcutaneous tissues with 1.5% lidocaine to achieve skin anesthesia, nicking the skin to facilitate needle insertion, insertion monitoring with fluoroscopy, stimulation, etc., filament deployment mechanics, needle removal, and the like) will not be further discussed. Each of the procedures is described as being performed with a needle comprising two filaments offset from the central longitudinal axis, for example as described herein. It will be appreciated that the variations in needle configuration discussed herein may be used in these procedures. For example, to increase the offset of the created lesion relative to the central longitudinal axis, curved filaments (e.g., as illustrated in
FIG. 10 ) and/or partially insulated filaments (e.g., as illustrated inFIGS. 3H and 3I ) may be used to create a lesion different properties (e.g., greater offset from the central longitudinal axis). - This process may include using a needle that enables the creation of lesions that are offset from the central longitudinal axis. The procedure will be described as being performed on the
L5 vertebra 1101 ofFIG. 12 and theneedle 103 ofFIG. 2A . It should be understood that other embodiments of needles described herein and/or other lumbar vertebra may be used in the described procedure or variations thereof. - The lumbar RF neurotomy process may include positioning the
tip 201 of the needle 103 (e.g., using fluoroscopic navigation) such that thetip 201 is in contact with, or proximate to, thegroove 1102 between thetransverse process 1103 and the superiorarticular process 1104 of the targetedlumbar vertebra 1101. Such positioning is shown inFIG. 12 . By contacting thelumbar vertebra 1101, a positive determination of the position of theneedle 103 may be made. By way of example, such positioning may be performed such that theneedle 103 is within 30° of being perpendicular to thelumber vertebra 1101 at the point of contact with thelumbar vertebra 1101, or at the point of thelumbar vertebra 1101 closest to thetip 201 of theneedle 103. Optionally, from such a position, theneedle 103 may be retracted a predetermined amount (e.g., between about 3 mm and about 5 mm), for example as measured bymarkers 224 on theneedle 103, as determined using the collar about theelongated member 203 discussed herein, and/or by fluoroscopic navigation. - The process may include rotating the
needle 103 such that themidpoint 502 is oriented toward the superiorarticular process 1104 and amedial branch nerve 1105 that is positioned along alateral face 1106 of the superiorarticular process 1104. Next, thefilaments FIG. 12 . The positions of theneedle 103 and the deployedfilaments RF probe 401 may then be inserted into thelumen 222 such that RF energy emanating from theprobe 103 will be conducted by thetip 201 andfilaments medial branch nerve 1105 and away from the intermediate branch of the posterior primary ramus. - Next, RF energy may be applied to the
RF probe 401. The RF energy emanating from theneedle 103 may be preferentially biased toward the targetmedial branch nerve 1105. The lesion created by such a procedure may, for example, have a maximum cross-sectional dimension of between about 8 mm and about 10 mm, and may ablate a corresponding portion of themedial branch nerve 1105, thus denervating the facet joint. - In some embodiments, the needle may be operable to create a generally symmetric lesion relative to its central longitudinal axis (e.g., as illustrated in
FIG. 9 ). In certain such embodiments, the sequence of steps may include insert needle, deploy filaments, and apply RF energy. - In some embodiments, the needle may be inserted to be along the length of a portion of the nerve (as illustrated by
needle 103′ outlined by broken lines). Such positioning may be similar to known methods of RF neurotomy performed using needles without filaments. After positioning the needle, the filaments may be deployed and a lesion may be created. As noted herein, a needle with deployable filaments that is capable of producing a lesion equivalent to that of a needle without deployable filaments may be smaller in diameter than the needle without deployable filaments. Although positioning of theneedle 103′ may be similar to known processes, the process utilizing theneedle 103′ with deployable filaments may cause less trauma and be safer than procedures using a needle without deployable filaments due to the smaller size of the needle with deployable filaments. As discussed herein, the peak temperatures capable of producing the desired lesion volume may be less when using theneedle 103′ with deployable filaments as compared to a needle without deployable filaments, further contributing to patient safety. The filaments of theneedle 103′ may be partially or fully deployed to achieve a desired lesion location, shape, and/or size. - It is noted that the illustrated deployment of
needle 103 with thefilaments needle 103′ (e.g., parallel to the target nerve 1105). The placement ofneedle 103 generally perpendicular to the surface of theL5 vertebra 1101 may be less difficult to achieve than the parallel placement of theneedle 103′. - This process may include using a needle that enables the creation of lesions which are offset from the central longitudinal axis. The procedure will be described as being performed on the
posterior rami 1201 of the SIJ ofFIG. 12 and using theneedle 103 ofFIG. 2A . It should be understood that other embodiments of needles described herein and/or other portions of the SIJ may be used in the described procedure or variations thereof. - As part of the SIJ RF neurotomy process, it may be desirable to create a series of lesions in a series of
lesion target volumes 1203 a-1203 h lateral to thesacral foramina posterior rami 1201 that are responsible for relaying nociceptive signals from the SIJ. Since the exact positions of therami 1201 may not be known, ablating such a series oftarget volumes 1203 a-1203 h may accommodate the variations inrami 1201 positions. The series oftarget volumes 1203 a-1203 h may be in the form of one or more interconnected individual target volumes, such as the target volumes 1203 a, 1203 b. In some embodiments, the process further comprises forming alesion 1208 between theL5 vertebra 1209 and the sacrum 1200 to ablate the L5 dorsal ramus. - The SIJ RF neurotomy process may include positioning the
tip 201 of the needle 103 (e.g., using fluoroscopic navigation) such that it is in contact with, or proximate to, and in lateral relation to the S1 posterior sacral foraminal aperture (PSFA) 1211 at a first point 1204 that is at the intersection of the two target volumes 1203 a, 1203 b. Such positioning may be performed such that theneedle 103 is oriented within 30° of being perpendicular to the sacrum 1200 at the point of contact (or at the point of the sacrum 1200 closest to thetip 201 of the needle 103). By contacting the sacrum 1200, a positive determination of the position of theneedle 103 may be made. Optionally, from such a position, theneedle 103 may be retracted a predetermined amount (e.g., between about 3 mm and about 5 mm) as measured, for example, bymarkers 224 on theneedle 103, as determined using the collar about theelongated member 203 discussed herein, and/or by fluoroscopic navigation. For example, a contralateral posterior oblique view may be obtained to ascertain that thetip 201 has not entered the spinal canal. For example, a fluoroscopic view may be obtained looking down the length of theneedle 103 to verify that theneedle 103 is properly offset from theS1 PSFA 1211 and/or a fluoroscopic view may be obtained looking perpendicular to the centrallongitudinal axis 223 to verify that theneedle 103 is not below the surface of the sacrum (e.g., in the S1 PSFA 1211). An electrical signal may be applied to theneedle 103 to stimulate nerves proximate to thetip 201 to verifycorrect needle 103 placement. - The SIJ RF neurotomy process may include rotating the
needle 103 such that themidpoint 502 is oriented toward the first target volume 1203 a in the direction of arrow 1205 a. Next, thefilaments needle 103 and the deployedfilaments RF probe 401 may be inserted into thelumen 222 before, during, and/or after filament deployment such that RF energy emanating from theneedle 103 will be conducted by thetip 201 and thefilaments RF probe 401. The RF energy emanating from theneedle 103 may be preferentially biased toward the first target volume 1203 a. The lesion created by such an application of RF energy may, for example, have a maximum cross-sectional dimension of between about 8 mm and about 10 mm, and may ablate a corresponding portion of therami 1201. - Next, the
filaments needle 103 may be rotated approximately 180° such that themidpoint 502 is oriented toward the second target volume 1203 b in the direction of arrow 1205 b Optionally, some lateral repositioning of the needle may performed (e.g., without any needle pull back or with a small amount of needle pull back and reinsertion). Next, thefilaments needle 103 and the deployedfilaments RF probe 401 may remain in thelumen 222 during the repositioning, or may be removed and then reinserted. Next, RF energy may be applied to theRF probe 401 to create a lesion corresponding to the second target volume 1203 b. - In this regard, with a single insertion of the
needle 103, two interconnected lesions (which may also be considered to be a single oblong lesion) may be created. Compared to methods in which an RF probe must be repositioned prior to each application of RF energy, the number of probe repositioning steps may be greatly reduced, reducing patient trauma and procedure duration. In this regard, a continuous region of lesioning may be achieved about theS1 PSFA 1211 such that the lesion occupies a volume surrounding theS1 PSFA 1211 from about the 2:30 clock position to about the 5:30 clock position (as viewed inFIG. 13 ). Such lesioning may help to achieve denervation of the posterior rami proximate to theS1 PSFA 1211. - The herein procedure may be repeated as appropriate to create lesions corresponding to the entire series of
target volumes 1203 a-1203 h, thus denervating the SIJ. For example, a first insertion may ablate the volumes 1203 a, 1203 b, a second insertion may ablate the volumes 1203 c, 1203 d, a third insertion may ablate the volumes 1203 e, 1203 f, and a fourth insertion may ablate thevolumes 1203 g, 1203 h. In this regard, a similar continuous region of lesioning may be achieved about the S2 PSFA 1212 and a region of lesioning from about the 12:00 clock position to about the 3:00 clock position (as viewed inFIG. 13 ) relative to the S3 PSFA may be achieved about theS3 PSFA 1213. Alesion 1208 may also be created at the base of the superior articular process of theL5 1209 dorsal ramus in the grove between the superior articular process and the body of the sacrum. Theneedle 103 may be inserted generally perpendicular to the plane ofFIG. 13 to produce thelesion 1208. - In some embodiments, three or more lesions may be created with a needle in a single position. For example, a needle positioned at a
point 1206 proximate to three target volumes 1203 c, 1203 d, 1203 e, may be operable to create lesions at each of the three target volumes 1203 c, 1203 d, 1203 e, thus further reducing the number of needle repositionings. - In some embodiments, each individual lesion corresponding to the series of
target volumes 1203 may be created using a needle with deployable filaments in which the needle is repositioned prior to each application of RF energy. In certain such embodiments, the sequence of steps may be insert needle, deploy filaments, apply RF energy, retract filaments, reposition needle, and repeat as appropriate to create each desired lesion. Such a procedure may be conducted, for example, using a needle capable of producing a lesion symmetric to a central longitudinal axis of the needle (e.g., the needle ofFIG. 9 ). - This process may include using a needle that enables the creation of lesions which are offset from the central longitudinal axis of the needle. Successful treatment of thoracic z-joint pain using radiofrequency ablation of relevant medial branch nerves can be challenging owing to the inconsistent medial branch location in the intertransverse space, especially levels T5-T8. A needle without filaments is generally positioned at multiple locations in the intertransverse space to achieve sufficient tissue ablation for successful medial branch neurotomy. The procedure will be described as being performed on an intertransverse space between
adjacent vertebrae FIG. 14 and theneedle 103 ofFIG. 2A . It should be understood that other embodiments of needles described herein and/or other vertebrae may be used in the described procedure or variations thereof. - The process may include obtaining a segmental anteroposterior image at target level defined by counting from T1 and T12. This may be followed by obtaining an image that is ipsalateral oblique about 8° to about 15° off-sagittal plane of the spine to visualize costotransverse joint lucency clearly. This can allow improved visualization of the superior-lateral transverse process, especially in osteopenic patients. The angle can aid in directing the probe to a thoracic anatomic safe zone medial to the lung, reducing risk of pneumothorax.
- The skin entry site for the
needle 103 may be over the most inferior aspect of transverse process slightly medial to costotransverse joint. Inserting theneedle 103 may include navigating the device over the transverse process over the bone to touch the superior transverse process slightly medial to the costotransverse joint. The process may include checking anteroposterior imaging to demonstrate that thetip 201 of theneedle 103 is at the superolateral corner of the transverse process. The process may also include checking a contralateral oblique image view (e.g., at ±15°) to demonstrate, for example in “Pinnochio” view, the target transverse process in an elongate fashion. This view can be useful for showing thetip 201 of theneedle 103 in relationship to the superolateral margin of the transverse process subadjacent to the targeted medial branch nerve. The process may include retracting thetip 201 slightly (e.g., about 1 mm to about 3 mm). In some embodiments, retracting thetip 201 positions the ports at the superior edge of the process (e.g., visible with a radiopaque marker). - In some embodiments, medial to lateral placement may be performed entering the skin beneath the segmental spinous process, and navigating the
needle 103 over the transverse process to contact a point just proximal to the superolateral corner of the transverse process. Thetip 201 may then be advanced to approximate theexit port filaments filaments - The process may include rotating the
needle 103 such that themidpoint 502 is oriented toward the intertransverse space between thevertebrae medial branch nerve 1303 that is positioned therein. Next, thefilaments vertebrae needle 103 and deployedfilaments filaments RF probe 401 may be inserted into thelumen 222 such that RF energy emanating from theprobe 103 will be conducted by thetip 201 and thefilaments medial branch nerve 1303. Next, RF energy may be applied to theRF probe 401. The RF energy emanating from theneedle 103 may be preferentially biased toward the volume between thevertebrae medial branch nerve 1303. This method can treat the medial branch as it curves out of the intratransverse space emerging into the posterior compartment of the back. The directional bias of the lesion may advantageously heat towards the target and away from the skin. - It is noted that thoracic RF neurotomy performed on other thoracic vertebrae may call for different sizes of lesions. For example, thoracic RF neurotomy performed on the T3-T4 vertebrae may require a smaller lesion volume than the herein-described procedure, and thoracic RF neurotomy performed on the T1-T2 vertebrae may require a still smaller lesion volume. As described herein, the deployment of the filaments of the
needle 103 may be varied to achieve such desired target lesion volumes, or different needles may be used (e.g., having shorter filaments in the fully deployed position). - Embodiments of needles described herein (e.g., the
needle 103 ofFIG. 2A ) are capable of creating a volume of tissue ablation necessary for complete denervation of the cervical zygapophyseal joints, including the C2/3 cervical zygapophyseal joint (z-joint). Tissue ablation for cervical z-joint using embodiments of needles described herein may be accomplished using a single placement and single heating cycle. Such single placement and single heating cycle may avoid unnecessary tissue damage from multiple placements of a filament-free needle, and unintended injury to collateral tissue caused by excessive lesioning. The zone of ablation can be designed to provide sufficient and necessary tissue coagulation for a successful procedure, and thus may be expected to improve the outcomes of patients undergoing spinal radiofrequency neurotomy. - A cervical medial branch RF neurotomy procedure will be described as being performed on the third occipital nerve at the C2/3 z-joint using the
needle 103 as shown inFIG. 15 . InFIG. 15 , theneedle 103 is positioned between theC2 vertebra 1401 and theC3 vertebra 1402. - In a first step, the patient may be placed in a prone position on a radiolucent table suited to performing fluoroscopically guided spinal procedures. Sedation may be administered. The patient's head may be rotated away from the targeted side. Sterile skin prep and draping may be performed using standard well-described surgical techniques.
- For Third Occipital Nerve (TON) ablation (C2/3 joint innervation) the lateral aspect of the C2/3 Z-joint is located under either parasagittal or, alternatively, ipsilateral oblique rotation of less than or equal to about 30° (e.g., between about 20° and about 30°) of obliquity relative to the true sagittal plane of the cervical spine. The skin entry point may be infiltrated with local anesthetic. Then, the
tip 201 of theneedle 103 is moved over the most lateral aspect of bone of the articular pillar at the juncture of the C2/3 z-joint to a first position contacting bone proximate to the most posterior and lateral aspect of the z-joint complex, for example using a “gun-barrel” technique to touch the most lateral and posterior aspect of the articular pillar at the point of maximal concavity for level below C2/3 or at the point of maximal convexity at the C2/3 level when targeting the TON. - Once boney contact is made, the
needle 103 may be retracted a predetermined distance (e.g., between about 1 mm and about 3 mm) and the filaments are deployed towards the lateral aspect of the C2/3 z-joint. The filaments will spread to encompass anticipated rostrocaudal variation in the target nerve location. The angle of the filaments with respect to the tip may effectively cover the ventral aspect of the articular pillar up to the border of the superior articular process, thus incorporating benefits of a 30° oblique pass. Theneedle 103 may be rotated about a central longitudinal axis prior to filament deployment to ensure that deployment will occur in the desired direction. - Multiplanar fluoroscopic imaging may then be employed to verify that the tip and the filaments are positioned as desired. For example, it may be verified that the filaments are positioned straddling the lateral joint lucency, and posterior to the C2/3 neural foramen. Useful imaging angles include anterior-posterior (AP), lateral, and contralateral oblique (Sluijter) views. To further verify adequate positioning of the
needle 103, motor stimulation may be performed by delivering a voltage (e.g., up to about 2 volts) at about 2 Hz to thetip 201 and filaments and/or sensory stimulation may be performed at appropriate voltage (e.g., between about 0.4 volts and about 1 volt) and frequency (e.g., about 50 Hz). - After position verification, RF energy may be applied to the tip and the plurality of filaments to generate heat that ablates a portion of the third occipital nerve. The cross-sectional dimensions of the lesion (e.g., between about 8 mm and about 10 mm) can incorporate all medial branches as well as the TON, which has a nerve diameter of about 1.5 mm. The directional nature of the lesion, offset towards the filaments, provides a beneficial measure of safety regarding undesired thermal damage to the skin and to collateral structures. Safety concerns may be further satisfied by fluoroscopic observation of the filaments dorsal to the intervertebral foramen and/or lack of ventral ramus activation during stimulation (e.g., with 2 Hz and 2 volts). After lesioning, the device may be removed. For levels below the C2/3 z-joint, the procedure may be similar than as described herein with respect to the third occipital nerve, with the exception that the initial boney contact target is at the waist of inflection point of the articular pillar.
- Other spinal RF procedures may also benefit from the asymmetrical application of RF energy from embodiments of the needles described herein. Such asymmetry may, for example, be used to project RF energy in a desired direction and/or limit the projection of RF energy in undesired directions. The configuration of the filaments may be selected for a particular application to produce a desired size, shape, and/or location (relative to the needle tip) of a lesion within the patient. The location of the lesion may be offset distally and/or laterally from the tip of the needle as desired for a particular application.
- It will be appreciated that the delivery of RF energy to tissue in the anatomy can be practiced for a multitude of reasons, and embodiments of the needles described herein may be adapted (e.g., modified or scaled) for use in other medical procedures. For example, embodiments of needles described herein could be used to deliver RF energy as a means to cauterize “feeder vessels,” such as in bleeding ulcers and/or in orthopedic applications. For another example, embodiments of the needles described herein could be adapted for use in procedures such as cardiac ablation, in which cardiac tissue is destroyed in an effort to restore a normal electrical rhythm in the heart. Certain such uses could further benefit from the ability of embodiments of needles described herein to deliver fluid through a lumen since, for example, emerging procedures in cardiac therapy may require the ability to deliver stem cells, vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), or other growth factors to cardiac tissue. The ability to steer embodiments of the needle described herein may provide significant benefit in the field of cardiovascular drug delivery.
- For example, a needle may be adapted for use in vertebral disc heating. A primary longer needle (e.g., having a length of about 15 cm and a tip with an uninsulated active portion having a length of about 2 mm, although other dimensions are also possible), is placed into the post posterolateral margin of a painful intervertebral disc, for example as described elsewhere for provocation discography and/or therapeutic disc access procedures such as Dekompressor® discectomy and disc biacuplasty. Once positioned in the posterior annulus, as confirmed with fluororscopy, tactile feedback, and/or characteristic impedance readings, a single filament is deployed to traverse the posterior annulus in a lateral to medial fashion in the lamella of the annulus fibrosis, for example as illustrated in
FIG. 18A , which is an axial view of posterior oblique needle entry with the main axial tip in the posterior annulus and deployed a filament moving lateral to medial in the lamella of the posterior annulus, andFIG. 18B , which is a saggital view with a filament moving across the posterior annulus from lateral to medial. - In some embodiments, the filament may act as a thermocouple (e.g., comprising a material having thermosensing properties as described herein) to allow precise measurement of actual temperatures of the annulus. In some embodiments, the filament includes a lumen configured to allow injection of therapeutic substances (e.g., methylene-blue) upon withdrawal for substantially simultaneous chemo-thermo-neurolysis and/or to allow injection of contrast agent for confirmation of intraannular placement that is definite, for example as opposed to potentially dangerous placement in the spinal canal or futile placement in the nucleus pulposus. In some embodiments, the filament has an exit angle greater than about 30°. In some embodiments, the filament includes a beveled Quincke tip oriented to bias away from the spinal canal upon advancement, as needles in tissue track away from bevel angles. In some embodiments, the deployed filament has a length between about 10 mm and about 12 mm. In some embodiments, the needle does not include a lumen for injection of liquid. In certain such embodiments, the area not occupied by a lumen may be used for the filament, which may be more complicated due to use as a thermocouple and/or including a lumen.
- Bipolar or monopolar RF energy is applied to the tip and to the filament, creating a zone of therapeutic heating across the posterior disc annulus and resulting in destruction of the pain fibers in approximately the outer third of the annulus. The procedure may be repeated on the opposite side. In some embodiments, the needle includes a plurality of deployable filaments, and gap between the filaments (e.g., the
distance 604 inFIG. 6 ) is between about 2 mm and about 10 mm, between about 4 mm and about 8 mm, between about 5 mm and about 7 mm (e.g., about 6 mm), combinations thereof, and the like. - Sections of raw muscle tissue were allowed to equilibrate to 37° C. in a distilled water bath. A needle with tines deployed was positioned to contact the tissue surface in 10 trials and was inserted into tissue in 10 trials. A Radionics RFG 3C RF generator energy source was set at 75° C. for 80 seconds. Propagation of tissue coagulation was documented with video and a calibrated Flir T-400 thermal camera. Tissue samples were sectioned and coagulation zones measured. Infrared observation demonstrated symmetric and homogenous lesion progression without hot spots or focal over-impeding. Calculated volume averaged 467±71 mm3/lesion. Topography was elongate spheroid offset from the central axis toward the filaments. Thus, the needle reliably produced lesions that are potentially useful in spinal applications.
- A 47 year-old male with recalcitrant right-sided lumbar zygapophysial joint pain presented for radiofrequency medial branch neurotomy. The diagnosis had been made by greater than 80% relief documented following both intraarticular z-joint injection and confirmatory medial branch blocks.
- The patient was placed in a prone position on the fluoroscopy table and standard monitors were applied. No sedation was administered. The lumbar region was extensively prepped with chlorhexidine-alcohol and draped in routine sterile surgical fashion. The C-arm was adjusted to visualize a true AP of the L4/5 intervertebral disc space with vertebral end plates squared-off, and spinous process positioned between the pedicle shadows. The C-arm was rotated 30°-40° ipsilateral to the target joint until the base of the SAP of the L4 and L5 were clearly visualized, A target point was identified at the midpoint of the base of the SAP, and the overlying skin and subcutaneous tissues were infiltrated with 1.5% lidocaine. A small skin nick was made with an 18-gauge needle to facilitate placement of an embodiment of the needles described herein. Once skin anesthesia was established, the needle, with filaments in the retracted position, was advanced using a gun-barrel approach until boney contact was made with the base of the SAP. The needle was then retracted off the bone slightly, and using the indentation on the hub for orientation, the actuator was rotated 360° to fully deploy the filaments. Filaments were felt to touch bone at the base of the SAP. AP, oblique, and lateral images were obtained to document the placement and to confirm that the filaments were directed toward the SAP. In this position, the lesion was biased to cover any variant medial branch situated higher up the SAP. If the filaments were not directed in an ideal fashion, they were retracted, the device was rotated as necessary, and the filaments were redeployed. Motor stimulation at a frequency of 2 Hz up to 2 volts was incrementally administered with brisk activation of the multifidus, but with no activation of any ventral root inenervated musculature. Sensory stimulation at 50 Hz at 0.6 volts elicited a concordant aching in the distribution of the patient's pain. A 22-gauge, 10 cm, 10 mm active tip RFK connected to an independently grounded second RF generator was placed sequentially at the following targets for in vivo thermometry: (1) Most inferior and dorsal location in the supra-segmental neural foramen evaluating the potential for thermal injury of spinal nerve; (2) At a point lateral on the transverse process approximating the location of intermediate/lateral branches of the posterior primary rami; (3) At or near the central axis of the needle during stable heating; (4) On the SAP at the base and successively higher on mamilliary process to evaluate heating on the region of potential MB variation (up the SAP). The process was then repeated for denervation of the L5.
- Following the confirmation of safe and optimal placement by fluoroscopy and stimulation, the heating protocol was initiated based on previous branch testing in egg white and chicken meat. The protocol included: 45° C. for 15-30 seconds, await rapid temperature increase signaling primary consolidation of heating and biophysical changes around core axis; 50° C. for 15 seconds; 60° C. for 15 seconds; 70° C. for 10 seconds to record foraminal temperatures only.
- Generator parameters during ablation were appropriate and within the tolerance range for a generically programmed RF generator. The lower starting impedance, relative to a monopolar needle, may be explained by greatly increased conductive surface of the needle. Brief temperature fluctuation was noted as the lesion propagated to encompass the central axis housing the thermocouple. It is anticipated that changes in the generator software may be useful to support various embodiments of the described device. Impedance readings were 75 ohms to 250 ohms. Power ranges were 2 watts to 11 watts, typically 3 watts to 4 watts after 10 seconds into the procedure.
- The thermal mapping results were as follows: (1) Perineural temperatures (neurogram obtained via TC2) at the supra-adjacent spinal nerve did not increase from a 38° C. baseline; (2) Temperature readings from the TC2 placed near the central axis of the needle reflected delivered temperature from the generator; (3) Temperature readings from the base of the SAP to relatively dorsal position on the SAP exceed the neuroablative threshold of 45° C.
- The patient experienced minimal discomfort following the procedure. For the sake of full disclosure, it is noted that the patient is an inventor of the present application. No postoperative analgesics were required. The patient reported near complete relieve of his right-sided low back pain within 10 days of the procedure. Bilateral paraspinal EMG at L3, L4, and L5 was performed 20 days after the RF procedure, as documented in Table 1:
-
TABLE 1 Paraspinal EMG Side Muscle Nerve Root Ins Act Fibs Psw Left L3 Parasp Rami L3 Nml Nml Nml Left L4 Parasp Rami L4 Nml Nml Nml Left L5 Parasp Rami L5 Nml Nml Nml Right L3 Parasp Rami L3 Nml Nml Nml Right L4 Parasp Rami L4 *Incr *1+ *1+ Right L5 Parasp Rami L5 *Incr *1+ *1+ *Needle evaluation of the right L4 paraspinal and the right L5 paraspinal muscles showed increased insertional activity and slightly increased spontaneous activity. *All remaining muscles showed no evidence of electrical instability.
There was electrodiagnostic evidence of active and acute denervation of the right lumbar paraspinals at the L4 and L5 levels. The contralateral left-sided paraspinals appeared normal. These findings are consistent with the clinical history of recent right lumbar radiofrequency rhizotomy. - Thus, the needle was safely and effectively used to accomplish lumbar medial branch neurotomy. Thermal mapping demonstrated a safe and effective isotherm consistent with bench predictions, and EMG of the lumbar paraspinals demonstrated objective evidence of medial branch coagulation. The needle appears to extend beneficially on existing techniques and technology. For a first example, facilitated placement for lumbar medial branch neurotomy using “down-the-beam” technique akin to diagnostic medial branch block. This approach can be applied to other spinal targets such as cervical z-joint neurotomy, thoracic z-joint neurotomy, sacroiliac joint denervation, central innercation of the lateral C1-2 joint, RF neurotomy thoracic sympathetic chain, RF neurotomy sphlancnic chain at T10, 11, 12, RF neurotomy lumbar sympathetic pain, and RF neurotomy superior hypogastric plexus. For a second example, lab testing and in vivo thermal data demonstrates a large volume suited for efficiently dealing with common variations in afferent sensory pathways. The lesion can be directed relative to the central longitudinal axis of the needle toward targets and away from sensitive collateral structures. For a third example, the needle can deliver meaningful motor and/or sensory stimulation for documentation of safe placement. For a fourth example, lesion topography is driven by needle design, and does not require high temperatures (e.g., greater than 80° C.) for extended times. It is believed that 60° C. for 60 seconds is adequate for most targets. Reduced procedural time and/or lower temperatures should translate to fewer complications, expedited recovery, and/or diminished incidence of postoperative pain syndromes/dysesthesias. For a fifth example, relative to other large field lesion technology, the needle is of a uncomplicated and robust design, does not require additional support equipment, and is economical to manufacture.
- Although this invention has been disclosed in the context of certain embodiments and examples, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that the invention extends beyond the specifically disclosed embodiments to other alternative embodiments and/or uses of the invention and obvious modifications and equivalents thereof. In addition, while several variations of the embodiments of the invention have been shown and described in detail, other modifications, which are within the scope of this invention, will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art based upon this disclosure. It is also contemplated that various combinations or sub-combinations of the specific features and aspects of the embodiments may be made and still fall within the scope of the invention. It should be understood that various features and aspects of the disclosed embodiments can be combined with, or substituted for, one another in order to form varying modes of the embodiments of the disclosed invention. Thus, it is intended that the scope of the invention herein disclosed should not be limited by the particular embodiments described herein.
Claims (20)
1. A needle comprising:
an elongate member having a distal end;
a tip coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, the tip comprising a bevel portion comprising a point on a side of the elongate member; and
a plurality of filaments movable between a first position at least partially in the elongate member and a second position at least partially out and to the side of the elongate member, the plurality of filaments and the tip configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode.
2. The needle of claim 1 , wherein the elongate member has a proximal end and wherein the needle further comprises a filament deployment mechanism coupled to the proximal end of the elongate member, the filament deployment mechanism comprising:
an advancing hub including a stem coupled to the plurality of filaments;
a spin collar including a helical track, the stem of the advancing hub at least partially inside the spin collar; and
a main hub comprising a stem comprising a helical thread configured to cooperate with the helical track, the stem of the main hub at least partially inside the spin collar, the stem of the advancing hub at least partially inside the main hub,
wherein, upon rotation of the spin collar, the filaments are configured to move between the first position and the second position.
3. The needle of claim 2 , wherein a single wire comprises the plurality of filaments and wherein a proximal end of the wire is coupled to the stem of the advancing hub.
4. The needle of claim 2 , wherein at least one of the helical track and the helical thread includes a plurality of detents configured to indicate partial deployment or retraction of the plurality of filaments.
5. The needle of claim 4 , wherein the first position is a fully retracted position and the second position is a fully deployed position, and wherein the detents are configured to provide an audible or tactile feedback to a user when the filaments are at a third position between the first position and the second position, a fourth position between the third position and the second position, and a fifth position between the fourth position and the second position.
6. The needle of claim 5 , wherein the plurality of filaments are proximal to the point in the third position, the plurality of filaments are substantially longitudinally aligned with the point in the fourth position, and the plurality of filaments are distal to the point in the fifth position.
7. The needle of claim 1 , wherein the bevel portion has a bevel angle between about 20° and about 30°.
8. The needle of claim 1 , wherein each of the plurality of filaments has a distal end including a bevel facing away from the tip.
9. The needle of claim 8 , wherein the bevels of the plurality of filaments are at an angle between about 25° and about 35°.
10. The needle of claim 1 , wherein a single wire comprises the plurality of filaments.
11. The needle of claim 1 , further comprising an insulating coating at least partially covering the point.
12. The needle of claim 1 , wherein the tip comprises a stem at least partially in the elongate member, the stem including a first filament lumen and a second filament lumen.
13. The needle of claim 12 , wherein stem includes a third lumen and wherein the bevel portion comprises a fluid port in communication with the third lumen.
14. The needle of claim 1 , wherein the elongate member has a proximal end, and wherein the needle further comprises a rotational deployment mechanism coupled to the proximal end of the elongate member, the deployment mechanism comprising indicia of fractional deployment of the plurality of filaments relative to the tip.
15. The needle of claim 15 , wherein the indicia include at least one of audible and tactile detents.
16. A needle comprising:
an elongate member having a distal end;
a tip comprising
a first body portion including a tapered portion and a point, the tapered portion including a plurality of filament ports; and
a second body portion coupled to the distal end of the elongate member, the second body portion at an angle with respect to the first body portion; and
a plurality of filaments movable between a first position at least partially in at least one of the tip and the elongate member and a second position at least partially out of the filament ports, the plurality of filaments and the tip configured to transmit radio frequency energy from a probe to operate as a monopolar electrode.
17. The needle of claim 16 , wherein the angle is between about 20° and about 30°.
18. The needle of claim 16 , wherein each of the plurality of filaments has a distal end including a pencil-point tip.
19. The needle of claim 16 , wherein the tapered portion includes a pencil-point tip.
20. A method of heating a vertebral disc, the method comprising:
positioning a distal end of a needle in a posterior annulus;
deploying a filament out of the needle;
traversing the posterior annulus from lateral to medial;
applying radio frequency energy to the tip and to the filament; and
ablating pain fibers in the posterior annulus.
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US13/101,009 US20110288540A1 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2011-05-04 | Systems and methods for tissue ablation |
US15/092,945 US10716618B2 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2016-04-07 | Systems and methods for tissue ablation |
US16/933,811 US10966782B2 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2020-07-20 | Needles and systems for radiofrequency neurotomy |
US17/190,224 US20210177502A1 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2021-03-02 | Devices and methods for radiofrequency neurotomy |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US34735110P | 2010-05-21 | 2010-05-21 | |
US35788610P | 2010-06-23 | 2010-06-23 | |
US35789410P | 2010-06-23 | 2010-06-23 | |
US13/101,009 US20110288540A1 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2011-05-04 | Systems and methods for tissue ablation |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/092,945 Continuation US10716618B2 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2016-04-07 | Systems and methods for tissue ablation |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20110288540A1 true US20110288540A1 (en) | 2011-11-24 |
Family
ID=44973084
Family Applications (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/101,009 Abandoned US20110288540A1 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2011-05-04 | Systems and methods for tissue ablation |
US15/092,945 Active 2031-12-08 US10716618B2 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2016-04-07 | Systems and methods for tissue ablation |
US16/933,811 Active US10966782B2 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2020-07-20 | Needles and systems for radiofrequency neurotomy |
US17/190,224 Pending US20210177502A1 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2021-03-02 | Devices and methods for radiofrequency neurotomy |
Family Applications After (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/092,945 Active 2031-12-08 US10716618B2 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2016-04-07 | Systems and methods for tissue ablation |
US16/933,811 Active US10966782B2 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2020-07-20 | Needles and systems for radiofrequency neurotomy |
US17/190,224 Pending US20210177502A1 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2021-03-02 | Devices and methods for radiofrequency neurotomy |
Country Status (12)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (4) | US20110288540A1 (en) |
EP (2) | EP2571439B1 (en) |
JP (2) | JP2013526940A (en) |
KR (2) | KR20150031339A (en) |
CN (1) | CN103025260B (en) |
AU (1) | AU2011256709B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BR112012029263B8 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2799505C (en) |
HK (1) | HK1183783A1 (en) |
IL (2) | IL222965A (en) |
MX (1) | MX2012013280A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2011146243A1 (en) |
Cited By (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN103054635A (en) * | 2012-12-13 | 2013-04-24 | 陈为坚 | Cruciate ligament locator |
EP2626021A1 (en) * | 2012-02-10 | 2013-08-14 | Myong-Ki Jun | Electrode tip for radiofrequency tissue ablation and electrode having the same |
JP2016507341A (en) * | 2013-02-21 | 2016-03-10 | ストライカー・コーポレイション | Tissue ablation cannula / electrode assembly selectively operable by one or more active tips |
CN106821339A (en) * | 2015-12-07 | 2017-06-13 | 财团法人金属工业研究发展中心 | Thermophysical parameter measurement apparatus and needle body |
US9861336B2 (en) | 2012-09-07 | 2018-01-09 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for controlled deployment of needle structures in tissue |
US10159526B2 (en) | 2013-02-21 | 2018-12-25 | Stryker Corporation | Tissue ablation cannula assembly |
US20200214761A1 (en) * | 2013-10-18 | 2020-07-09 | Ziva Medical, Inc. | Methods and systems for the treatment of polycystic ovary syndrome |
US10736688B2 (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2020-08-11 | Stratus Medical, LLC | Methods and systems for spinal radio frequency neurotomy |
US20200281621A1 (en) * | 2016-12-16 | 2020-09-10 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Image guided spinal decompression with contralateral oblique view |
US20200289015A1 (en) * | 2019-03-17 | 2020-09-17 | Ryan Bowers | Multi-Retractable Electromyography Needle |
US10993770B2 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2021-05-04 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Controlled treatment of tissue and dynamic interaction with, and comparison of, tissue and/or treatment data |
WO2021086817A1 (en) * | 2019-10-28 | 2021-05-06 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Rf electrode cannula |
US11045244B2 (en) | 2015-03-31 | 2021-06-29 | AblaCare, Inc. | Methods and systems for the manipulation of ovarian tissues |
CN113171171A (en) * | 2021-04-29 | 2021-07-27 | 南京诺源医疗器械有限公司 | Multi-head microwave ablation needle and ablation simulation system establishment method |
US20220175446A1 (en) * | 2020-12-09 | 2022-06-09 | Covidien Lp | Devices, systems, and methods for targeted ablation |
US11564736B2 (en) | 2019-01-25 | 2023-01-31 | May Health Sas | Systems and methods for applying energy to ovarian tissue |
US11723718B2 (en) * | 2015-06-02 | 2023-08-15 | Heartlander Surgical, Inc. | Therapy delivery system that operates on the surface of an anatomical entity |
Families Citing this family (29)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8361067B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2013-01-29 | Relievant Medsystems, Inc. | Methods of therapeutically heating a vertebral body to treat back pain |
US10028753B2 (en) | 2008-09-26 | 2018-07-24 | Relievant Medsystems, Inc. | Spine treatment kits |
KR20150031339A (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2015-03-23 | 님버스 컨셉츠, 엘엘씨 | Systems and methods for tissue ablation |
US8663190B2 (en) | 2011-04-22 | 2014-03-04 | Ablative Solutions, Inc. | Expandable catheter system for peri-ostial injection and muscle and nerve fiber ablation |
US20130053792A1 (en) | 2011-08-24 | 2013-02-28 | Ablative Solutions, Inc. | Expandable catheter system for vessel wall injection and muscle and nerve fiber ablation |
AU2012362524B2 (en) | 2011-12-30 | 2018-12-13 | Relievant Medsystems, Inc. | Systems and methods for treating back pain |
US10588691B2 (en) | 2012-09-12 | 2020-03-17 | Relievant Medsystems, Inc. | Radiofrequency ablation of tissue within a vertebral body |
US10945787B2 (en) | 2012-10-29 | 2021-03-16 | Ablative Solutions, Inc. | Peri-vascular tissue ablation catheters |
EP3598952A3 (en) | 2012-11-05 | 2020-04-15 | Relievant Medsystems, Inc. | Systems and methods for creating curved paths through bone and modulating nerves within the bone |
JP6416136B2 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2018-10-31 | ベイリス メディカル カンパニー インコーポレイテッドBaylis Medical Company Inc. | Energy delivery device and use thereof |
CA3220441A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-09-17 | Boston Scientific Medical Device Limited | Electrosurgical device having a distal aperture |
CN104287827B (en) * | 2013-07-19 | 2018-03-02 | 卡尔迪雅(天津)医疗器械有限公司 | One kind removes renal sympathetic nerve radio-frequency ablation electrode and radio frequency ablation system |
CN106061420B (en) * | 2013-10-25 | 2021-12-07 | 消融系统有限公司 | Intravascular catheter with perivascular nerve activity sensor |
US9949652B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2018-04-24 | Ablative Solutions, Inc. | Apparatus for effective ablation and nerve sensing associated with denervation |
US9931046B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2018-04-03 | Ablative Solutions, Inc. | Intravascular catheter with peri-vascular nerve activity sensors |
CN105934212B (en) * | 2014-02-06 | 2018-11-30 | 埃库贝雷特公司 | Device and method for self-conductance ablation |
CN104274241A (en) * | 2014-09-29 | 2015-01-14 | 余建军 | Medical thermosensitive detecting method and device |
CN104546081B (en) * | 2015-01-29 | 2017-04-19 | 广州医科大学附属第一医院 | Multi-needle guide system for spinal radio-frequency ablation puncture |
CN104586502B (en) * | 2015-01-29 | 2017-06-16 | 广州医科大学附属第一医院 | A kind of thecal puncture guide pin |
CN109152587B (en) * | 2016-05-25 | 2021-04-13 | 奥林巴斯株式会社 | Tube, tube unit, and suction/liquid-feeding unit |
CN106308927A (en) * | 2016-08-22 | 2017-01-11 | 北京市肿瘤防治研究所 | Multi-tip extension type radiofrequency ablation electrode needle |
CN107875483A (en) * | 2017-11-21 | 2018-04-06 | 谷梨花 | A kind of bone marrow in-cavity injection apparatus |
KR102078871B1 (en) * | 2018-05-04 | 2020-02-19 | 정연문 | Electrode devices for spinal surgery |
WO2021050767A1 (en) | 2019-09-12 | 2021-03-18 | Relievant Medsystems, Inc. | Systems and methods for tissue modulation |
CN110960314B (en) * | 2019-12-31 | 2021-06-15 | 杭州堃博生物科技有限公司 | Detection mechanism, radiofrequency ablation catheter and radiofrequency ablation system |
CN113907868A (en) * | 2021-10-08 | 2022-01-11 | 杭州维纳安可医疗科技有限责任公司 | Electrode needle assembly and ablation apparatus |
WO2023111918A1 (en) | 2021-12-14 | 2023-06-22 | Metrum Cryoflex Sp. z. o. o., Sp. k. | A surgical cryoprobe for treating cryolesions in the sacroiliac joint area |
US11672595B1 (en) | 2022-06-15 | 2023-06-13 | Corveus Medical, Inc. | Systems and methods for interrupting nerve activity to treat a medical condition |
CN115444551B (en) * | 2022-11-11 | 2023-03-17 | 海杰亚(北京)医疗器械有限公司 | Radio frequency ablation electrode needle |
Citations (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5507802A (en) * | 1993-06-02 | 1996-04-16 | Cardiac Pathways Corporation | Method of mapping and/or ablation using a catheter having a tip with fixation means |
US5683384A (en) * | 1993-11-08 | 1997-11-04 | Zomed | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus |
US5749846A (en) * | 1992-08-12 | 1998-05-12 | Vidamed, Inc. | Medical probe device with optical viewing capability |
US20020143302A1 (en) * | 2001-02-28 | 2002-10-03 | Rex Medical | Apparatus for delivering ablation fluid to treat lesions |
US20040260282A1 (en) * | 1995-08-15 | 2004-12-23 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method with multiple sensor feedback |
US20050085804A1 (en) * | 2002-07-22 | 2005-04-21 | Medtronic Vidamed, Inc. | Method for treating tissue with a wet electrode and apparatus for using same |
US7108696B2 (en) * | 2001-01-11 | 2006-09-19 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Bone-treatment instrument and method |
US20060229645A1 (en) * | 2005-04-07 | 2006-10-12 | Possis Medical, Inc. | Cross stream thrombectomy catheter with flexible and expandable cage |
US7270661B2 (en) * | 1995-11-22 | 2007-09-18 | Arthocare Corporation | Electrosurgical apparatus and methods for treatment and removal of tissue |
US20090221998A1 (en) * | 2007-11-14 | 2009-09-03 | Gordon Epstein | Anchored rf ablation device for the destruction of tissue masses |
Family Cites Families (384)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE2124684A1 (en) | 1971-05-18 | 1972-11-30 | Stadelmann W | Puncture electrode |
US6014590A (en) | 1974-03-04 | 2000-01-11 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods employing structures having asymmetric mechanical properties to support diagnostic or therapeutic elements in contact with tissue in interior body regions |
DE2513868C2 (en) | 1974-04-01 | 1982-11-04 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd., Tokyo | Bipolar electrodiathermy forceps |
US4281667A (en) | 1976-06-21 | 1981-08-04 | Cosman Eric R | Single diaphragm telemetric differential pressure sensing system |
US4653508A (en) | 1976-06-21 | 1987-03-31 | Cosman Eric R | Pressure-balanced telemetric pressure sensing system and method therefore |
US4660568A (en) | 1976-06-21 | 1987-04-28 | Cosman Eric R | Telemetric differential pressure sensing system and method therefore |
US4206761A (en) | 1976-06-21 | 1980-06-10 | Cosman Eric R | Pressure-balanced telemetric pressure sensing method |
US4593703A (en) | 1976-06-21 | 1986-06-10 | Cosman Eric R | Telemetric differential pressure sensor with the improvement of a conductive shorted loop tuning element and a resonant circuit |
US4206762A (en) | 1976-06-21 | 1980-06-10 | Cosman Eric R | Telemetric differential pressure sensing method |
US4378809A (en) | 1978-04-13 | 1983-04-05 | Cosman Eric R | Audio-telemetric pressure sensing systems and methods |
US4385636A (en) | 1978-05-23 | 1983-05-31 | Cosman Eric R | Telemetric differential pressure sensor with the improvement of a conductive shorted loop tuning element and a resonant circuit |
US4375220A (en) | 1980-05-09 | 1983-03-01 | Matvias Fredrick M | Microwave applicator with cooling mechanism for intracavitary treatment of cancer |
US4353371A (en) | 1980-09-24 | 1982-10-12 | Cosman Eric R | Longitudinally, side-biting, bipolar coagulating, surgical instrument |
US4411266A (en) | 1980-09-24 | 1983-10-25 | Cosman Eric R | Thermocouple radio frequency lesion electrode |
US4565200A (en) | 1980-09-24 | 1986-01-21 | Cosman Eric R | Universal lesion and recording electrode system |
US5370675A (en) | 1992-08-12 | 1994-12-06 | Vidamed, Inc. | Medical probe device and method |
US4646752A (en) | 1983-04-25 | 1987-03-03 | Swann Karl W | Adjustable intracranial pressure measuring screw |
US20050101944A1 (en) | 1983-06-27 | 2005-05-12 | Williams Jason R. | Laser radiofrequency hybrid ablation needle |
US4573980A (en) | 1983-09-16 | 1986-03-04 | Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc. | Port protector |
US4618978A (en) | 1983-10-21 | 1986-10-21 | Cosman Eric R | Means for localizing target coordinates in a body relative to a guidance system reference frame in any arbitrary plane as viewed by a tomographic image through the body |
US4583538A (en) | 1984-05-04 | 1986-04-22 | Onik Gary M | Method and apparatus for stereotaxic placement of probes in the body utilizing CT scanner localization |
US4827927A (en) | 1984-12-26 | 1989-05-09 | Valleylab, Inc. | Apparatus for changing the output power level of an electrosurgical generator while remaining in the sterile field of a surgical procedure |
US4838265A (en) | 1985-05-24 | 1989-06-13 | Cosman Eric R | Localization device for probe placement under CT scanner imaging |
US4676255A (en) | 1985-07-03 | 1987-06-30 | Cosman Eric R | Telemetric in-vivo calibration method and apparatus using a negative pressure applicator |
US4750488A (en) | 1986-05-19 | 1988-06-14 | Sonomed Technology, Inc. | Vibration apparatus preferably for endoscopic ultrasonic aspirator |
US4698207A (en) | 1986-07-14 | 1987-10-06 | Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc. | Integrated membrane oxygenator, heat exchanger and reservoir |
US4796615A (en) | 1986-10-16 | 1989-01-10 | Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc. | Connector for esophageal probe |
US4886506A (en) | 1986-12-23 | 1989-12-12 | Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc. | Soft tip catheter |
US4787886A (en) | 1987-02-05 | 1988-11-29 | Cosman Eric R | Pressure sensor controlled valve |
US4907589A (en) | 1988-04-29 | 1990-03-13 | Cosman Eric R | Automatic over-temperature control apparatus for a therapeutic heating device |
US6331180B1 (en) | 1988-05-03 | 2001-12-18 | Sherwood Services Ag | Target-centered stereotaxtic surgical arc system with reorientatable arc axis |
US4966597A (en) | 1988-11-04 | 1990-10-30 | Cosman Eric R | Thermometric cardiac tissue ablation electrode with ultra-sensitive temperature detection |
US5010897A (en) | 1989-04-26 | 1991-04-30 | Leveen Harry H | Apparatus for deep heating of cancer |
US5244462A (en) | 1990-03-15 | 1993-09-14 | Valleylab Inc. | Electrosurgical apparatus |
US5217457A (en) | 1990-03-15 | 1993-06-08 | Valleylab Inc. | Enhanced electrosurgical apparatus |
US5233515A (en) | 1990-06-08 | 1993-08-03 | Cosman Eric R | Real-time graphic display of heat lesioning parameters in a clinical lesion generator system |
US5160337A (en) | 1990-09-24 | 1992-11-03 | Cosman Eric R | Curved-shaped floor stand for use with a linear accelerator in radiosurgery |
US5792146A (en) | 1990-10-09 | 1998-08-11 | Cosman; Eric R. | Rectilinear linac phantom pointer system |
US5324255A (en) | 1991-01-11 | 1994-06-28 | Baxter International Inc. | Angioplasty and ablative devices having onboard ultrasound components and devices and methods for utilizing ultrasound to treat or prevent vasopasm |
US5304115A (en) | 1991-01-11 | 1994-04-19 | Baxter International Inc. | Ultrasonic angioplasty device incorporating improved transmission member and ablation probe |
US6167295A (en) | 1991-01-28 | 2000-12-26 | Radionics, Inc. | Optical and computer graphic stereotactic localizer |
US5662111A (en) | 1991-01-28 | 1997-09-02 | Cosman; Eric R. | Process of stereotactic optical navigation |
US6006126A (en) | 1991-01-28 | 1999-12-21 | Cosman; Eric R. | System and method for stereotactic registration of image scan data |
US6143003A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 2000-11-07 | Cosman; Eric R. | Repositioner for head, neck, and body |
US6405072B1 (en) | 1991-01-28 | 2002-06-11 | Sherwood Services Ag | Apparatus and method for determining a location of an anatomical target with reference to a medical apparatus |
US5304114A (en) | 1991-05-15 | 1994-04-19 | Cosman Eric R | Shunt valve system |
US5383917A (en) | 1991-07-05 | 1995-01-24 | Jawahar M. Desai | Device and method for multi-phase radio-frequency ablation |
US5291896A (en) | 1991-08-21 | 1994-03-08 | Baxter International Inc. | Cardiac output probe assembly |
US5562703A (en) | 1994-06-14 | 1996-10-08 | Desai; Ashvin H. | Endoscopic surgical instrument |
US5662680A (en) | 1991-10-18 | 1997-09-02 | Desai; Ashvin H. | Endoscopic surgical instrument |
CA2122834C (en) | 1991-11-04 | 1999-10-05 | Henry Nita | Ultrasonic ablation device adapted for guidewire passage |
US5246016A (en) | 1991-11-08 | 1993-09-21 | Baxter International Inc. | Transport catheter and multiple probe analysis method |
US5230623A (en) | 1991-12-10 | 1993-07-27 | Radionics, Inc. | Operating pointer with interactive computergraphics |
US5902272A (en) | 1992-01-07 | 1999-05-11 | Arthrocare Corporation | Planar ablation probe and method for electrosurgical cutting and ablation |
DE9290164U1 (en) | 1992-01-21 | 1994-09-15 | Valleylab Inc | Electrosurgical control for a trocar |
US5413588A (en) | 1992-03-06 | 1995-05-09 | Urologix, Inc. | Device and method for asymmetrical thermal therapy with helical dipole microwave antenna |
US5443470A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1995-08-22 | Vesta Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for endometrial ablation |
US5257630A (en) | 1992-05-15 | 1993-11-02 | Thermometrics, Inc. | Pressure sensing probe with calibration capability |
US6122341A (en) | 1992-06-12 | 2000-09-19 | Butler; William E. | System for determining target positions in the body observed in CT image data |
US5312391A (en) | 1992-07-29 | 1994-05-17 | Wilk Peter J | Laparoscopic instrument assembly |
US5511564A (en) | 1992-07-29 | 1996-04-30 | Valleylab Inc. | Laparoscopic stretching instrument and associated method |
US5318013A (en) | 1992-11-06 | 1994-06-07 | Wilk Peter J | Surgical clamping assembly and associated method |
US5486161A (en) | 1993-02-02 | 1996-01-23 | Zomed International | Medical probe device and method |
US5667488A (en) | 1992-08-12 | 1997-09-16 | Vidamed, Inc. | Transurethral needle ablation device and method for the treatment of the prostate |
US5401272A (en) | 1992-09-25 | 1995-03-28 | Envision Surgical Systems, Inc. | Multimodality probe with extendable bipolar electrodes |
JP3839493B2 (en) | 1992-11-09 | 2006-11-01 | 日本発条株式会社 | Method for producing member made of Ti-Al intermetallic compound |
US5768679A (en) | 1992-11-09 | 1998-06-16 | Nhk Spring R & D Center Inc. | Article made of a Ti-Al intermetallic compound |
CN1119418A (en) | 1993-02-02 | 1996-03-27 | 怀达医疗公司 | Transurethral needle ablation device and method |
CA2154172A1 (en) | 1993-02-22 | 1994-09-01 | William Gorman | A laparoscopic dissection tension retractor device and method |
US5893847A (en) | 1993-03-16 | 1999-04-13 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Multiple electrode support structures with slotted hub and hoop spline elements |
US5312329A (en) | 1993-04-07 | 1994-05-17 | Valleylab Inc. | Piezo ultrasonic and electrosurgical handpiece |
US5370645A (en) | 1993-04-19 | 1994-12-06 | Valleylab Inc. | Electrosurgical processor and method of use |
SE505436C2 (en) | 1993-04-27 | 1997-08-25 | Ams Medinvent Sa | prostatic stent |
US6419680B1 (en) | 1993-06-10 | 2002-07-16 | Sherwood Services Ag | CT and MRI visible index markers for stereotactic localization |
US5372596A (en) | 1993-07-27 | 1994-12-13 | Valleylab Inc. | Apparatus for leakage control and method for its use |
US5447417A (en) | 1993-08-31 | 1995-09-05 | Valleylab Inc. | Self-adjusting pump head and safety manifold cartridge for a peristaltic pump |
US6210403B1 (en) | 1993-10-07 | 2001-04-03 | Sherwood Services Ag | Automatic control for energy from an electrosurgical generator |
US5496312A (en) | 1993-10-07 | 1996-03-05 | Valleylab Inc. | Impedance and temperature generator control |
US5433739A (en) | 1993-11-02 | 1995-07-18 | Sluijter; Menno E. | Method and apparatus for heating an intervertebral disc for relief of back pain |
US5571147A (en) | 1993-11-02 | 1996-11-05 | Sluijter; Menno E. | Thermal denervation of an intervertebral disc for relief of back pain |
US6958062B1 (en) | 1993-11-08 | 2005-10-25 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method |
US6071280A (en) | 1993-11-08 | 2000-06-06 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple electrode ablation apparatus |
US6641580B1 (en) | 1993-11-08 | 2003-11-04 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Infusion array ablation apparatus |
US6569159B1 (en) | 1993-11-08 | 2003-05-27 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Cell necrosis apparatus |
US5599345A (en) | 1993-11-08 | 1997-02-04 | Zomed International, Inc. | RF treatment apparatus |
US5507743A (en) | 1993-11-08 | 1996-04-16 | Zomed International | Coiled RF electrode treatment apparatus |
US5472441A (en) | 1993-11-08 | 1995-12-05 | Zomed International | Device for treating cancer and non-malignant tumors and methods |
US5928229A (en) | 1993-11-08 | 1999-07-27 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Tumor ablation apparatus |
US6632221B1 (en) | 1993-11-08 | 2003-10-14 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Method of creating a lesion in tissue with infusion |
US5728143A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1998-03-17 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method |
US5458597A (en) | 1993-11-08 | 1995-10-17 | Zomed International | Device for treating cancer and non-malignant tumors and methods |
US5536267A (en) | 1993-11-08 | 1996-07-16 | Zomed International | Multiple electrode ablation apparatus |
US5449355A (en) | 1993-11-24 | 1995-09-12 | Valleylab Inc. | Retrograde tissue splitter and method |
US5421923A (en) | 1993-12-03 | 1995-06-06 | Baxter International, Inc. | Ultrasonic welding horn with sonics dampening insert |
US5514129A (en) | 1993-12-03 | 1996-05-07 | Valleylab Inc. | Automatic bipolar control for an electrosurgical generator |
US6530922B2 (en) | 1993-12-15 | 2003-03-11 | Sherwood Services Ag | Cluster ablation electrode system |
US6241725B1 (en) | 1993-12-15 | 2001-06-05 | Sherwood Services Ag | High frequency thermal ablation of cancerous tumors and functional targets with image data assistance |
US5377685A (en) | 1993-12-17 | 1995-01-03 | Baylis Medical Company, Inc. | Ultrasound catheter with mechanically steerable beam |
US5422567A (en) | 1993-12-27 | 1995-06-06 | Valleylab Inc. | High frequency power measurement |
US6165169A (en) | 1994-03-04 | 2000-12-26 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for identifying the physical, mechanical, and functional attributes of multiple electrode arrays |
US5968040A (en) | 1994-03-04 | 1999-10-19 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods using asymmetric multiple electrode arrays |
US5911739A (en) | 1994-03-04 | 1999-06-15 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Structures for supporting diagnostic or therapeutic elements in internal body regions |
US6216043B1 (en) | 1994-03-04 | 2001-04-10 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Asymmetric multiple electrode support structures |
US5484398A (en) | 1994-03-17 | 1996-01-16 | Valleylab Inc. | Methods of making and using ultrasonic handpiece |
US5748703A (en) | 1994-03-22 | 1998-05-05 | Cosman; Eric R. | Dynamic collimator for a linear accelerator |
US5472442A (en) | 1994-03-23 | 1995-12-05 | Valleylab Inc. | Moveable switchable electrosurgical handpiece |
DE4410027A1 (en) | 1994-03-23 | 1995-09-28 | Ejot Verbindungstech Gmbh & Co | Drills, in particular self-drilling screws |
US5541376A (en) | 1994-03-28 | 1996-07-30 | Valleylab Inc | Switch and connector |
US20040015176A1 (en) | 1994-06-20 | 2004-01-22 | Cosman Eric R. | Stereotactic localizer system with dental impression |
US20030078595A1 (en) | 1994-06-20 | 2003-04-24 | Eric R. Cosman | Stereotactic localizer system with dental impression |
US6044846A (en) | 1994-06-24 | 2000-04-04 | Edwards; Stuart D. | Method to treat esophageal sphincters |
US20080167649A1 (en) | 1994-08-12 | 2008-07-10 | Angiodynamics, Inc. | Ablation apparatus and method |
US5560358A (en) | 1994-09-08 | 1996-10-01 | Radionics, Inc. | Connector design for multi-contact medical electrode |
US5588960A (en) | 1994-12-01 | 1996-12-31 | Vidamed, Inc. | Transurethral needle delivery device with cystoscope and method for treatment of urinary incontinence |
US5613966A (en) | 1994-12-21 | 1997-03-25 | Valleylab Inc | System and method for accessory rate control |
US5628743A (en) | 1994-12-21 | 1997-05-13 | Valleylab Inc. | Dual mode ultrasonic surgical apparatus |
US5713895A (en) | 1994-12-30 | 1998-02-03 | Valleylab Inc | Partially coated electrodes |
USD372086S (en) | 1995-02-03 | 1996-07-23 | Valleylab Inc. | Aspirator attachment for a surgical device |
US6213999B1 (en) | 1995-03-07 | 2001-04-10 | Sherwood Services Ag | Surgical gas plasma ignition apparatus and method |
US5669904A (en) | 1995-03-07 | 1997-09-23 | Valleylab Inc. | Surgical gas plasma ignition apparatus and method |
US6575967B1 (en) | 1995-03-24 | 2003-06-10 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Nebraska | Method and systems for volumetric tissue ablation |
US5868740A (en) | 1995-03-24 | 1999-02-09 | Board Of Regents-Univ Of Nebraska | Method for volumetric tissue ablation |
WO1996034571A1 (en) | 1995-05-04 | 1996-11-07 | Cosman Eric R | Cool-tip electrode thermosurgery system |
US6575969B1 (en) | 1995-05-04 | 2003-06-10 | Sherwood Services Ag | Cool-tip radiofrequency thermosurgery electrode system for tumor ablation |
US5720744A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1998-02-24 | Valleylab Inc | Control system for neurosurgery |
US7393351B2 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2008-07-01 | Arthrocare Corporation | Apparatus and methods for treating cervical inter-vertebral discs |
US6015406A (en) | 1996-01-09 | 2000-01-18 | Gyrus Medical Limited | Electrosurgical instrument |
US6780180B1 (en) | 1995-06-23 | 2004-08-24 | Gyrus Medical Limited | Electrosurgical instrument |
US5611709A (en) | 1995-08-10 | 1997-03-18 | Valleylab Inc | Method and assembly of member and terminal |
US6090105A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 2000-07-18 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple electrode ablation apparatus and method |
US5980517A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1999-11-09 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Cell necrosis apparatus |
US5672173A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1997-09-30 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method |
US5735847A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1998-04-07 | Zomed International, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method with cooling element |
US5782827A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1998-07-21 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method with multiple sensor feedback |
US6330478B1 (en) | 1995-08-15 | 2001-12-11 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Cell necrosis apparatus |
US5810804A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1998-09-22 | Rita Medical Systems | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method with cooling element |
US6235023B1 (en) | 1995-08-15 | 2001-05-22 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Cell necrosis apparatus |
US20050101950A1 (en) | 1995-08-15 | 2005-05-12 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method |
US5925042A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1999-07-20 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method |
US6053937A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 2000-04-25 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple electrode ablation apparatus and method with cooling element |
US5913855A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1999-06-22 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method |
US5800484A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1998-09-01 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus with expanded electrodes |
US5672174A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1997-09-30 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method |
US6132425A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 2000-10-17 | Gough; Edward J. | Cell necrosis apparatus |
US6080150A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 2000-06-27 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Cell necrosis apparatus |
US6059780A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 2000-05-09 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method with cooling element |
US5863290A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1999-01-26 | Rita Medical Systems | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method |
US5951547A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1999-09-14 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method |
US5827271A (en) | 1995-09-19 | 1998-10-27 | Valleylab | Energy delivery system for vessel sealing |
US5776130A (en) | 1995-09-19 | 1998-07-07 | Valleylab, Inc. | Vascular tissue sealing pressure control |
US5772659A (en) | 1995-09-26 | 1998-06-30 | Valleylab Inc. | Electrosurgical generator power control circuit and method |
US6013076A (en) | 1996-01-09 | 2000-01-11 | Gyrus Medical Limited | Electrosurgical instrument |
US5738648A (en) | 1996-01-23 | 1998-04-14 | Valleylab Inc | Method and apparatus for a valve and irrigator |
US6203524B1 (en) | 1997-02-10 | 2001-03-20 | Emx, Inc. | Surgical and pharmaceutical site access guide and methods |
US6117134A (en) | 1996-02-14 | 2000-09-12 | Cunningham; James Steven | Instrument for suction electrosurgery |
US6016452A (en) | 1996-03-19 | 2000-01-18 | Kasevich; Raymond S. | Dynamic heating method and radio frequency thermal treatment |
DE19706269A1 (en) | 1996-03-21 | 1997-09-25 | Valleylab Inc | Instrument for gas-enriched electrosurgery |
US5983141A (en) | 1996-06-27 | 1999-11-09 | Radionics, Inc. | Method and apparatus for altering neural tissue function |
US6246912B1 (en) | 1996-06-27 | 2001-06-12 | Sherwood Services Ag | Modulated high frequency tissue modification |
US7357798B2 (en) | 1996-07-16 | 2008-04-15 | Arthrocare Corporation | Systems and methods for electrosurgical prevention of disc herniations |
US6106521A (en) | 1996-08-16 | 2000-08-22 | United States Surgical Corporation | Apparatus for thermal treatment of tissue |
US5778043A (en) | 1996-09-20 | 1998-07-07 | Cosman; Eric R. | Radiation beam control system |
US5908402A (en) | 1997-02-03 | 1999-06-01 | Valleylab | Method and apparatus for detecting tube occlusion in argon electrosurgery system |
US6033399A (en) | 1997-04-09 | 2000-03-07 | Valleylab, Inc. | Electrosurgical generator with adaptive power control |
US5921992A (en) | 1997-04-11 | 1999-07-13 | Radionics, Inc. | Method and system for frameless tool calibration |
US5792140A (en) | 1997-05-15 | 1998-08-11 | Irvine Biomedical, Inc. | Catheter having cooled multiple-needle electrode |
US6050992A (en) | 1997-05-19 | 2000-04-18 | Radiotherapeutics Corporation | Apparatus and method for treating tissue with multiple electrodes |
US6241726B1 (en) | 1997-05-21 | 2001-06-05 | Irvine Biomedical, Inc. | Catheter system having a tip section with fixation means |
US6312426B1 (en) | 1997-05-30 | 2001-11-06 | Sherwood Services Ag | Method and system for performing plate type radiofrequency ablation |
US6161048A (en) | 1997-06-26 | 2000-12-12 | Radionics, Inc. | Method and system for neural tissue modification |
US6565562B1 (en) | 1997-06-27 | 2003-05-20 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Method for the radio frequency perforation and the enlargement of a body tissue |
US6652515B1 (en) | 1997-07-08 | 2003-11-25 | Atrionix, Inc. | Tissue ablation device assembly and method for electrically isolating a pulmonary vein ostium from an atrial wall |
US6966908B2 (en) | 1997-07-08 | 2005-11-22 | Atrionix, Inc. | Tissue ablation device assembly and method for electrically isolating a pulmonary vein ostium from an atrial wall |
US6997925B2 (en) | 1997-07-08 | 2006-02-14 | Atrionx, Inc. | Tissue ablation device assembly and method for electrically isolating a pulmonary vein ostium from an atrial wall |
US6402747B1 (en) | 1997-07-21 | 2002-06-11 | Sherwood Services Ag | Handswitch cord and circuit |
US6267761B1 (en) | 1997-09-09 | 2001-07-31 | Sherwood Services Ag | Apparatus and method for sealing and cutting tissue |
CA2303194C (en) | 1997-09-10 | 2006-04-11 | James Gilbert Chandler | Bipolar instrument for vessel fusion |
US6179832B1 (en) | 1997-09-11 | 2001-01-30 | Vnus Medical Technologies, Inc. | Expandable catheter having two sets of electrodes |
US6352536B1 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2002-03-05 | Sherwood Services Ag | Bipolar electrosurgical instrument for sealing vessels |
US6050996A (en) | 1997-11-12 | 2000-04-18 | Sherwood Services Ag | Bipolar electrosurgical instrument with replaceable electrodes |
US6228083B1 (en) | 1997-11-14 | 2001-05-08 | Sherwood Services Ag | Laparoscopic bipolar electrosurgical instrument |
US6068627A (en) | 1997-12-10 | 2000-05-30 | Valleylab, Inc. | Smart recognition apparatus and method |
US6280441B1 (en) | 1997-12-15 | 2001-08-28 | Sherwood Services Ag | Apparatus and method for RF lesioning |
US6146380A (en) | 1998-01-09 | 2000-11-14 | Radionics, Inc. | Bent tip electrical surgical probe |
US6440127B2 (en) | 1998-02-11 | 2002-08-27 | Cosman Company, Inc. | Method for performing intraurethral radio-frequency urethral enlargement |
US6517534B1 (en) | 1998-02-11 | 2003-02-11 | Cosman Company, Inc. | Peri-urethral ablation |
US6447505B2 (en) | 1998-02-11 | 2002-09-10 | Cosman Company, Inc. | Balloon catheter method for intra-urethral radio-frequency urethral enlargement |
US6645201B1 (en) | 1998-02-19 | 2003-11-11 | Curon Medical, Inc. | Systems and methods for treating dysfunctions in the intestines and rectum |
US6045532A (en) | 1998-02-20 | 2000-04-04 | Arthrocare Corporation | Systems and methods for electrosurgical treatment of tissue in the brain and spinal cord |
US20030135206A1 (en) | 1998-02-27 | 2003-07-17 | Curon Medical, Inc. | Method for treating a sphincter |
US6212433B1 (en) | 1998-07-28 | 2001-04-03 | Radiotherapeutics Corporation | Method for treating tumors near the surface of an organ |
US6889089B2 (en) | 1998-07-28 | 2005-05-03 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for treating tumors near the surface of an organ |
WO2000024331A1 (en) | 1998-10-23 | 2000-05-04 | Sherwood Services Ag | Endoscopic bipolar electrosurgical forceps |
US6277117B1 (en) | 1998-10-23 | 2001-08-21 | Sherwood Services Ag | Open vessel sealing forceps with disposable electrodes |
US6585735B1 (en) | 1998-10-23 | 2003-07-01 | Sherwood Services Ag | Endoscopic bipolar electrosurgical forceps |
US6210406B1 (en) | 1998-12-03 | 2001-04-03 | Cordis Webster, Inc. | Split tip electrode catheter and signal processing RF ablation system |
US20020188275A1 (en) | 1998-12-09 | 2002-12-12 | Mcguckin James F. | Multi Directional infusion needle |
KR20010040761A (en) | 1998-12-09 | 2001-05-15 | 쿡 인코포레이티드 | Hollow, Curved, Superelastic Medical Needle |
US6268200B1 (en) | 1999-01-15 | 2001-07-31 | Lambda Technologies, Inc. | Biotherapeutic virus attenuation using variable frequency microwave energy |
JP2002536040A (en) | 1999-02-02 | 2002-10-29 | トランサージカル,インコーポレイテッド | High intensity focused ultrasound applicator in the body |
US6217554B1 (en) | 1999-02-12 | 2001-04-17 | Pharmaspec Corporation | Methods and apparatus for delivering substances into extravascular tissue |
US6416520B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2002-07-09 | Sherwood Services Ag | Microdrive for probes |
US6459769B1 (en) | 1999-05-03 | 2002-10-01 | Sherwood Services Ag | Movable miniature multi-leaf collimator |
US6692490B1 (en) | 1999-05-18 | 2004-02-17 | Novasys Medical, Inc. | Treatment of urinary incontinence and other disorders by application of energy and drugs |
EP1187570A4 (en) | 1999-05-21 | 2008-04-09 | Arthrocare Corp | Systems and methods for electrosurgical treatment of intervertebral discs |
US6221071B1 (en) | 1999-06-04 | 2001-04-24 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Rapid electrode deployment |
US6478793B1 (en) | 1999-06-11 | 2002-11-12 | Sherwood Services Ag | Ablation treatment of bone metastases |
ITMI991608A1 (en) | 1999-07-21 | 2001-01-21 | Thermo Med 2000 Kft | ELECTROSURGICAL PROBE FOR TREATMENT OF TUMORS BY RADIOFREQUENCY |
US6287304B1 (en) * | 1999-10-15 | 2001-09-11 | Neothermia Corporation | Interstitial cauterization of tissue volumes with electrosurgically deployed electrodes |
DE19958206C2 (en) | 1999-12-02 | 2002-03-28 | Infineon Technologies Ag | transmitting device |
CA2393829C (en) | 1999-12-21 | 2012-02-14 | Sherwood Services Ag | Apparatus for thermal treatment of an intervertebral disc |
EP1832244B1 (en) | 2000-02-03 | 2016-11-09 | Baylor College Of Medicine | Devices for intraosseous nerve ablation |
US6770070B1 (en) | 2000-03-17 | 2004-08-03 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Lung treatment apparatus and method |
CN2418844Y (en) | 2000-05-11 | 2001-02-14 | 中国科学院低温技术实验中心 | Steam probe thermatological instrument for tumors |
US8486065B2 (en) | 2000-06-07 | 2013-07-16 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Radio-frequency ablation system and method using multiple electrodes |
US20020022864A1 (en) | 2000-06-07 | 2002-02-21 | Mahvi David M. | Multipolar electrode system for radiofrequency ablation |
US6638277B2 (en) | 2000-07-06 | 2003-10-28 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Tumor ablation needle with independently activated and independently traversing tines |
AU2001279026B2 (en) | 2000-07-25 | 2005-12-22 | Angiodynamics, Inc. | Apparatus for detecting and treating tumors using localized impedance measurement |
US7678106B2 (en) | 2000-08-09 | 2010-03-16 | Halt Medical, Inc. | Gynecological ablation procedure and system |
US6840935B2 (en) | 2000-08-09 | 2005-01-11 | Bekl Corporation | Gynecological ablation procedure and system using an ablation needle |
US20020029037A1 (en) | 2000-09-06 | 2002-03-07 | Kim Young D. | Method and apparatus for percutaneous trans-endocardial reperfusion |
US6471695B1 (en) | 2000-09-06 | 2002-10-29 | Radiotherapeutics, Inc. | Apparatus and method for shielding tissue during tumor ablation |
US7387628B1 (en) | 2000-09-15 | 2008-06-17 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Methods and systems for focused bipolar tissue ablation |
US20030158545A1 (en) | 2000-09-28 | 2003-08-21 | Arthrocare Corporation | Methods and apparatus for treating back pain |
US7306591B2 (en) | 2000-10-02 | 2007-12-11 | Novasys Medical, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for treating female urinary incontinence |
US6638275B1 (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2003-10-28 | Medironic, Inc. | Bipolar ablation apparatus and method |
US6706037B2 (en) | 2000-10-24 | 2004-03-16 | Galil Medical Ltd. | Multiple cryoprobe apparatus and method |
US6660362B1 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2003-12-09 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Deflection members for tissue production |
US7074484B2 (en) | 2000-12-15 | 2006-07-11 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Materials having shape-memory |
US6533987B2 (en) | 2000-12-15 | 2003-03-18 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Methods of making materials having shape-memory |
US6723092B2 (en) | 2000-12-15 | 2004-04-20 | Tony R. Brown | Atrial fibrillation RF treatment device and method |
US6419798B1 (en) | 2000-12-15 | 2002-07-16 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Methods of making disposable products having materials having shape-memory |
US6752804B2 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2004-06-22 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Ablation system and method having multiple-sensor electrodes to assist in assessment of electrode and sensor position and adjustment of energy levels |
US6743226B2 (en) | 2001-02-09 | 2004-06-01 | Cosman Company, Inc. | Adjustable trans-urethral radio-frequency ablation |
AU2002250170B2 (en) * | 2001-02-28 | 2006-08-10 | Rex Medical, L.P. | Apparatus for Delivering Ablation Fluid to Treat Lesions |
US6562033B2 (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2003-05-13 | Baylis Medical Co. | Intradiscal lesioning apparatus |
JP4252316B2 (en) | 2001-05-10 | 2009-04-08 | リタ メディカル システムズ インコーポレイテッド | RF tissue excision apparatus and method |
US20030018332A1 (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2003-01-23 | Schmaltz Dale Francis | Bipolar electrosurgical instrument with replaceable electrodes |
US6740080B2 (en) | 2001-08-31 | 2004-05-25 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Ablation system with selectable current path means |
WO2003026525A1 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2003-04-03 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Impedance controlled tissue ablation apparatus and method |
US6749719B2 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2004-06-15 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method of manufacture tissue products having visually discernable background texture regions bordered by curvilinear decorative elements |
US6746570B2 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2004-06-08 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent tissue products having visually discernable background texture |
US6706152B2 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2004-03-16 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Fabric for use in the manufacture of tissue products having visually discernable background texture regions bordered by curvilinear decorative elements |
US6669693B2 (en) | 2001-11-13 | 2003-12-30 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Tissue ablation device and methods of using |
US6837956B2 (en) | 2001-11-30 | 2005-01-04 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | System for aperturing and coaperturing webs and web assemblies |
US6846448B2 (en) | 2001-12-20 | 2005-01-25 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method and apparatus for making on-line stabilized absorbent materials |
US6961602B2 (en) | 2001-12-31 | 2005-11-01 | Biosense Webster, Inc. | Catheter having multiple spines each having electrical mapping and location sensing capabilities |
WO2003096895A1 (en) | 2002-01-18 | 2003-11-27 | Std Manufacturing, Inc. | Ablation technology for catheter based delivery systems |
US20090024124A1 (en) | 2005-07-14 | 2009-01-22 | Lefler Amy | Methods for treating the thoracic region of a patient's body |
US8518036B2 (en) | 2002-03-05 | 2013-08-27 | Kimberly-Clark Inc. | Electrosurgical tissue treatment method |
US7819869B2 (en) | 2004-11-15 | 2010-10-26 | Kimberly-Clark Inc. | Methods of treating the sacroilac region of a patient's body |
US7294127B2 (en) | 2002-03-05 | 2007-11-13 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Electrosurgical tissue treatment method |
US6896675B2 (en) | 2002-03-05 | 2005-05-24 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Intradiscal lesioning device |
US20040176759A1 (en) | 2003-03-07 | 2004-09-09 | Subashini Krishnamurthy | Radiopaque electrical needle |
US9216053B2 (en) | 2002-03-05 | 2015-12-22 | Avent, Inc. | Elongate member providing a variation in radiopacity |
US20060259026A1 (en) | 2005-05-05 | 2006-11-16 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Electrosurgical treatment method and device |
US20050267552A1 (en) | 2004-05-26 | 2005-12-01 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Electrosurgical device |
US7306596B2 (en) | 2004-05-26 | 2007-12-11 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Multifunctional electrosurgical apparatus |
US7163536B2 (en) | 2004-06-10 | 2007-01-16 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Determining connections of multiple energy sources and energy delivery devices |
US9364281B2 (en) | 2002-03-05 | 2016-06-14 | Avent, Inc. | Methods for treating the thoracic region of a patient's body |
US20050277918A1 (en) | 2003-03-07 | 2005-12-15 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Electrosurgical cannula |
US8043287B2 (en) | 2002-03-05 | 2011-10-25 | Kimberly-Clark Inc. | Method of treating biological tissue |
US8882755B2 (en) | 2002-03-05 | 2014-11-11 | Kimberly-Clark Inc. | Electrosurgical device for treatment of tissue |
US20050177209A1 (en) | 2002-03-05 | 2005-08-11 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Bipolar tissue treatment system |
US20070156136A1 (en) | 2002-03-05 | 2007-07-05 | Neil Godara | Methods of treating the sacroiliac region of a patient's body |
US7846157B2 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2010-12-07 | C.R. Bard, Inc. | Method and apparatus for control of ablation energy and electrogram acquisition through multiple common electrodes in an electrophysiology catheter |
US6974455B2 (en) | 2002-04-10 | 2005-12-13 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Auto advancing radio frequency array |
US7138088B2 (en) | 2002-04-10 | 2006-11-21 | Baxter International Inc. | Access disconnection system and methods |
US7258688B1 (en) | 2002-04-16 | 2007-08-21 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Computerized electrical signal generator |
US6730078B2 (en) | 2002-04-22 | 2004-05-04 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | RF ablation apparatus and method using multi-frequency energy delivery |
US6803549B2 (en) | 2002-05-30 | 2004-10-12 | Xerox Corporation | Flexible imaging member seam treatment apparatus |
US20040006336A1 (en) | 2002-07-02 | 2004-01-08 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for RF ablation into conductive fluid-infused tissue |
AU2003279097A1 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2004-04-19 | Vanderbilt University | Optical apparatus for guided liver tumor treatment and methods |
US6907884B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2005-06-21 | Depay Acromed, Inc. | Method of straddling an intraosseous nerve |
ITPI20020059A1 (en) | 2002-10-22 | 2004-04-23 | Igino Longo | INTERSTITIAL MICROWAVE ANTENNA WITH LATERAL EFFECT FOR THE THERMODISTRUCTIVE TREATMENT OF FABRICS IN MINIMALLY INVASIVE SURGERY. |
US20040100376A1 (en) | 2002-11-26 | 2004-05-27 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Healthcare monitoring system |
US20040122482A1 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2004-06-24 | James Tung | Nerve proximity method and device |
US6847848B2 (en) | 2003-01-07 | 2005-01-25 | Mmtc, Inc | Inflatable balloon catheter structural designs and methods for treating diseased tissue of a patient |
US7087051B2 (en) | 2003-01-15 | 2006-08-08 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Articulating radio frequency probe handle |
US20040143262A1 (en) | 2003-01-21 | 2004-07-22 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Surgical perforation device and method with pressure monitoring and staining abilities |
US8092450B2 (en) | 2003-01-21 | 2012-01-10 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Magnetically guidable energy delivery apparatus and method of using same |
US20070185522A1 (en) | 2003-01-21 | 2007-08-09 | Gareth Davies | Dilator |
US7947040B2 (en) | 2003-01-21 | 2011-05-24 | Baylis Medical Company Inc | Method of surgical perforation via the delivery of energy |
US7112197B2 (en) | 2003-01-21 | 2006-09-26 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Surgical device with pressure monitoring ability |
US7828796B2 (en) | 2003-01-21 | 2010-11-09 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Method for creating a channel through an occlusion and apparatus therefor |
US7270662B2 (en) | 2004-01-21 | 2007-09-18 | Naheed Visram | Surgical perforation device with electrocardiogram (ECG) monitoring ability and method of using ECG to position a surgical perforation device |
US7048733B2 (en) | 2003-09-19 | 2006-05-23 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Surgical perforation device with curve |
US20100185082A1 (en) | 2003-03-07 | 2010-07-22 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Device and method for electrosurgery |
US20040199179A1 (en) | 2003-04-02 | 2004-10-07 | Elliott Christopher J. | Steerable ablation probe |
US20040204705A1 (en) | 2003-04-10 | 2004-10-14 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Cryotreatment devices and methods of forming conduction blocks |
US7340300B2 (en) | 2003-04-25 | 2008-03-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | Neurostimulation delivery during transurethral prostate treatment |
US7101387B2 (en) | 2003-04-30 | 2006-09-05 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Radio frequency ablation cooling shield |
US7025768B2 (en) | 2003-05-06 | 2006-04-11 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Systems and methods for ablation of tissue |
ES2400508T3 (en) | 2003-07-11 | 2013-04-10 | S.D.M.H. Pty. Ltd. | Thermal ablation of biological tissue |
US20050059964A1 (en) | 2003-09-12 | 2005-03-17 | Fitz William R. | Enhancing the effectiveness of medial branch nerve root RF neurotomy |
US7416549B2 (en) | 2003-10-10 | 2008-08-26 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Multi-zone bipolar ablation probe assembly |
US7179256B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2007-02-20 | Biosense Webster, Inc. | Catheter with ablation needle and mapping assembly |
WO2005039689A2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2005-05-06 | Sinus Rhythm Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for creating cardiac electrical blocks |
US7115124B1 (en) | 2003-11-12 | 2006-10-03 | Jia Hua Xiao | Device and method for tissue ablation using bipolar radio-frequency current |
US6958064B2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2005-10-25 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Systems and methods for performing simultaneous ablation |
US20050171522A1 (en) | 2004-01-30 | 2005-08-04 | Christopherson Mark A. | Transurethral needle ablation system with needle position indicator |
US7771420B2 (en) | 2004-03-05 | 2010-08-10 | Medelec-Minimeca S.A. | Saline-enhanced catheter for radiofrequency tumor ablation |
US7281666B2 (en) | 2004-03-05 | 2007-10-16 | Joseph C Smith | Automobile identification device |
US8142427B2 (en) | 2004-04-23 | 2012-03-27 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Invasive ablation probe with non-coring distal tip |
US20060122686A1 (en) | 2004-05-10 | 2006-06-08 | Ran Gilad | Stent and method of manufacturing same |
US20060095115A1 (en) | 2004-05-10 | 2006-05-04 | Youssef Bladillah | Stent and method of manufacturing same |
US20060122692A1 (en) | 2004-05-10 | 2006-06-08 | Ran Gilad | Stent valve and method of using same |
US8187268B2 (en) | 2004-05-26 | 2012-05-29 | Kimberly-Clark, Inc. | Electrosurgical apparatus having a temperature sensor |
US7276064B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2007-10-02 | St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. | Side-port sheath for catheter placement and translation |
US8361063B2 (en) | 2004-06-10 | 2013-01-29 | Kimberly-Clark Inc. | System and method for controlling energy delivery |
US20050283148A1 (en) | 2004-06-17 | 2005-12-22 | Janssen William M | Ablation apparatus and system to limit nerve conduction |
ES2509317T3 (en) | 2004-06-23 | 2014-10-17 | Trod Medical | Flexible endoscope for radio frequency tumor ablation with endoluminal access |
US7076399B2 (en) | 2004-07-19 | 2006-07-11 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Medical generator with hierarchical error logic |
US7596469B2 (en) | 2004-07-19 | 2009-09-29 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Method and apparatus for prioritizing errors in a medical treatment system |
US7799021B2 (en) | 2004-08-04 | 2010-09-21 | Kimberly-Clark Inc. | Electrosurgical treatment in conjunction with monitoring |
US7318822B2 (en) | 2004-09-03 | 2008-01-15 | Diros Technology Inc. | Hybrid cannula/electrode medical device and method |
US7458971B2 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2008-12-02 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | RF ablation probe with unibody electrode element |
US7282049B2 (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2007-10-16 | Sherwood Services Ag | Electrosurgical system employing multiple electrodes and method thereof |
US7229438B2 (en) * | 2004-10-14 | 2007-06-12 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Ablation probe with distal inverted electrode array |
US20060089635A1 (en) | 2004-10-22 | 2006-04-27 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for focused bipolar tissue ablation using an insulated shaft |
US7524318B2 (en) * | 2004-10-28 | 2009-04-28 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Ablation probe with flared electrodes |
US7468062B2 (en) | 2004-11-24 | 2008-12-23 | Ablation Frontiers, Inc. | Atrial ablation catheter adapted for treatment of septal wall arrhythmogenic foci and method of use |
US20080015569A1 (en) | 2005-02-02 | 2008-01-17 | Voyage Medical, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for treatment of atrial fibrillation |
US7918795B2 (en) * | 2005-02-02 | 2011-04-05 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Method and device for uterine fibroid treatment |
GB0502384D0 (en) | 2005-02-04 | 2005-03-16 | Instrumedical Ltd | Electro-surgical needle apparatus |
US7517346B2 (en) | 2005-02-08 | 2009-04-14 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Radio frequency ablation system with integrated ultrasound imaging |
US20060200121A1 (en) | 2005-03-03 | 2006-09-07 | Mowery Thomas M | Navigable, multi-positional and variable tissue ablation apparatus and methods |
GB0504988D0 (en) | 2005-03-10 | 2005-04-20 | Emcision Ltd | Device and method for the treatment of diseased tissue such as tumors |
US7678107B2 (en) | 2005-03-10 | 2010-03-16 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Medical needles and electrodes with improved bending stiffness |
US7670336B2 (en) | 2005-03-25 | 2010-03-02 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Ablation probe with heat sink |
US7942873B2 (en) | 2005-03-25 | 2011-05-17 | Angiodynamics, Inc. | Cavity ablation apparatus and method |
US7670337B2 (en) | 2005-03-25 | 2010-03-02 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Ablation probe having a plurality of arrays of electrodes |
EP1874210B1 (en) * | 2005-04-29 | 2010-02-24 | Stryker Corporation | Medical bipolar electrode assembly with cannula and removable supply electrode |
US7371234B2 (en) | 2005-05-18 | 2008-05-13 | Boston Scienitific Scimed, Inc. | Low profile radiofrequency electrode array |
US7615050B2 (en) | 2005-06-27 | 2009-11-10 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Systems and methods for creating a lesion using transjugular approach |
US8080009B2 (en) | 2005-07-01 | 2011-12-20 | Halt Medical Inc. | Radio frequency ablation device for the destruction of tissue masses |
US8512333B2 (en) * | 2005-07-01 | 2013-08-20 | Halt Medical Inc. | Anchored RF ablation device for the destruction of tissue masses |
US8512330B2 (en) | 2005-07-01 | 2013-08-20 | Halt Medical Inc. | Ablation method |
WO2007006158A1 (en) | 2005-07-14 | 2007-01-18 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Electrosurgical device and methods |
US7794458B2 (en) | 2005-07-22 | 2010-09-14 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Bipolar radio frequency ablation device with retractable insulator |
US7704248B2 (en) | 2005-12-21 | 2010-04-27 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Ablation device with compression balloon |
US7896874B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2011-03-01 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | RF ablation probes with tine valves |
US9357977B2 (en) | 2006-01-12 | 2016-06-07 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Interventional deployment and imaging system |
US20070161905A1 (en) | 2006-01-12 | 2007-07-12 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Intrauterine ultrasound and method for use |
US7874986B2 (en) | 2006-04-20 | 2011-01-25 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Methods and devices for visualization and ablation of tissue |
US7815571B2 (en) | 2006-04-20 | 2010-10-19 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Rigid delivery systems having inclined ultrasound and needle |
US20070179491A1 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2007-08-02 | Medtronic, Inc. | Sensing needle for ablation therapy |
US20070213703A1 (en) | 2006-03-13 | 2007-09-13 | Jang Hyun Naam | Electrode for radio frequency tissue ablation |
US20100056926A1 (en) | 2008-08-26 | 2010-03-04 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Ablation device with articulated imaging transducer |
US9339326B2 (en) | 2006-05-03 | 2016-05-17 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Diamond-like carbon electrode coating |
US9414883B2 (en) * | 2006-06-09 | 2016-08-16 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Co-access foam/electrode introducer |
US8298145B2 (en) | 2006-08-01 | 2012-10-30 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Peri-capsular fibroid treatment |
US8725245B2 (en) | 2006-08-14 | 2014-05-13 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Resonant coil for measuring specimen condition |
US8048071B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2011-11-01 | Baylis Medical Company Inc | Method for creating a channel through a foreign material |
JP2010514509A (en) | 2006-12-27 | 2010-05-06 | ボストン サイエンティフィック リミテッド | RF ablation probe array advance device |
CA2676191C (en) | 2007-01-22 | 2015-05-12 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Positioning tool for positioning an instrument at a treatment site |
US7896871B2 (en) | 2007-02-22 | 2011-03-01 | Medtronic, Inc. | Impedance computation for ablation therapy |
US9265559B2 (en) | 2007-02-25 | 2016-02-23 | Avent, Inc. | Electrosurgical method |
US20080228180A1 (en) | 2007-03-13 | 2008-09-18 | Halt Medical, Inc | Ablation system and heat preventing electrodes therefor |
US20090187177A1 (en) | 2008-01-28 | 2009-07-23 | Gordon Epstein | Impedance responsive ablation rf driving for moderating return electrode temperature |
US20090138011A1 (en) | 2007-03-13 | 2009-05-28 | Gordon Epstein | Intermittent ablation rf driving for moderating return electrode temperature |
US20090187183A1 (en) | 2007-03-13 | 2009-07-23 | Gordon Epstein | Temperature responsive ablation rf driving for moderating return electrode temperature |
US20080249523A1 (en) | 2007-04-03 | 2008-10-09 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Controller for flexible tissue ablation procedures |
JP5048391B2 (en) | 2007-04-27 | 2012-10-17 | 直久 矢作 | Endoscopic treatment tool |
US20090131790A1 (en) | 2007-05-15 | 2009-05-21 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Systems and methods for deploying echogenic components in ultrasonic imaging fields |
US8088072B2 (en) | 2007-10-12 | 2012-01-03 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for controlled deployment of needles in tissue |
US8518037B2 (en) | 2007-10-30 | 2013-08-27 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Radiofrequency ablation device |
US8241276B2 (en) | 2007-11-14 | 2012-08-14 | Halt Medical Inc. | RF ablation device with jam-preventing electrical coupling member |
ES2485497T3 (en) | 2007-11-21 | 2014-08-13 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Stylus handle connection device |
US20090287081A1 (en) | 2008-04-29 | 2009-11-19 | Gynesonics , Inc | Submucosal fibroid ablation for the treatment of menorrhagia |
US20090306604A1 (en) | 2008-06-06 | 2009-12-10 | Darmos George P | Hybrid cannula/electrode medical device having protected wire passage |
US20100004651A1 (en) | 2008-06-13 | 2010-01-07 | The University Of Toledo | Transpedicular access to the intervertebral disc space for discectomy, end plate preparation, and interbody fusion |
US9597145B2 (en) | 2008-08-20 | 2017-03-21 | Prostacare Pty Ltd | Non-thermal ablation system for treating tissue |
US20100076303A1 (en) | 2008-09-22 | 2010-03-25 | Superdimension, Ltd. | Lateral Deployment Catheter |
DE102008048866A1 (en) * | 2008-09-25 | 2010-06-02 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Apparatus and method for removing material from a material reservoir |
WO2010085765A2 (en) | 2009-01-23 | 2010-07-29 | Moshe Meir H | Therapeutic energy delivery device with rotational mechanism |
US8262574B2 (en) | 2009-02-27 | 2012-09-11 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Needle and tine deployment mechanism |
EP3556308B1 (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2023-12-20 | Stratus Medical, LLC | Systems for spinal radio frequency neurotomy |
US8764744B2 (en) | 2010-01-25 | 2014-07-01 | Covidien Lp | System for monitoring ablation size |
US9675406B2 (en) | 2010-02-16 | 2017-06-13 | Angiodynamics, Inc. | Ablation device with guide sleeves |
EP2366352B1 (en) | 2010-03-19 | 2013-07-31 | Vesalius Medical Technologies Bvba | Device for radio frequency ablation (RFA) |
KR20150031339A (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2015-03-23 | 님버스 컨셉츠, 엘엘씨 | Systems and methods for tissue ablation |
CA2746948C (en) | 2010-07-21 | 2019-01-15 | Diros Technology Inc. | Advanced multi-purpose catheter probes for diagnostic and therapeutic procedures |
EP2765939B1 (en) | 2011-10-15 | 2018-09-26 | Diros Technology Inc. | Apparatus for precisely controlling the size and shape of radiofrequency ablations |
-
2011
- 2011-05-04 KR KR1020157004378A patent/KR20150031339A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2011-05-04 WO PCT/US2011/035253 patent/WO2011146243A1/en active Application Filing
- 2011-05-04 AU AU2011256709A patent/AU2011256709B2/en active Active
- 2011-05-04 EP EP11783944.9A patent/EP2571439B1/en active Active
- 2011-05-04 EP EP20181799.6A patent/EP3750501B1/en active Active
- 2011-05-04 BR BR112012029263A patent/BR112012029263B8/en active IP Right Grant
- 2011-05-04 KR KR1020127033363A patent/KR101632429B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2011-05-04 MX MX2012013280A patent/MX2012013280A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2011-05-04 CN CN201180035655.7A patent/CN103025260B/en active Active
- 2011-05-04 JP JP2013511205A patent/JP2013526940A/en active Pending
- 2011-05-04 US US13/101,009 patent/US20110288540A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-05-04 CA CA2799505A patent/CA2799505C/en active Active
-
2012
- 2012-11-11 IL IL222965A patent/IL222965A/en active IP Right Grant
-
2013
- 2013-10-02 HK HK13111214.2A patent/HK1183783A1/en unknown
-
2015
- 2015-12-09 JP JP2015240011A patent/JP2016064152A/en active Pending
-
2016
- 2016-04-07 US US15/092,945 patent/US10716618B2/en active Active
- 2016-08-22 IL IL247424A patent/IL247424A0/en unknown
-
2020
- 2020-07-20 US US16/933,811 patent/US10966782B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-03-02 US US17/190,224 patent/US20210177502A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5749846A (en) * | 1992-08-12 | 1998-05-12 | Vidamed, Inc. | Medical probe device with optical viewing capability |
US5507802A (en) * | 1993-06-02 | 1996-04-16 | Cardiac Pathways Corporation | Method of mapping and/or ablation using a catheter having a tip with fixation means |
US5683384A (en) * | 1993-11-08 | 1997-11-04 | Zomed | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus |
US20040260282A1 (en) * | 1995-08-15 | 2004-12-23 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple antenna ablation apparatus and method with multiple sensor feedback |
US7270661B2 (en) * | 1995-11-22 | 2007-09-18 | Arthocare Corporation | Electrosurgical apparatus and methods for treatment and removal of tissue |
US7108696B2 (en) * | 2001-01-11 | 2006-09-19 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Bone-treatment instrument and method |
US20020143302A1 (en) * | 2001-02-28 | 2002-10-03 | Rex Medical | Apparatus for delivering ablation fluid to treat lesions |
US20050085804A1 (en) * | 2002-07-22 | 2005-04-21 | Medtronic Vidamed, Inc. | Method for treating tissue with a wet electrode and apparatus for using same |
US20060229645A1 (en) * | 2005-04-07 | 2006-10-12 | Possis Medical, Inc. | Cross stream thrombectomy catheter with flexible and expandable cage |
US20090221998A1 (en) * | 2007-11-14 | 2009-09-03 | Gordon Epstein | Anchored rf ablation device for the destruction of tissue masses |
Cited By (30)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10736688B2 (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2020-08-11 | Stratus Medical, LLC | Methods and systems for spinal radio frequency neurotomy |
US11806070B2 (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2023-11-07 | Stratus Medical, LLC | Methods and systems for spinal radio frequency neurotomy |
US10925664B2 (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2021-02-23 | Stratus Medical, LLC | Methods for radio frequency neurotomy |
EP2626021A1 (en) * | 2012-02-10 | 2013-08-14 | Myong-Ki Jun | Electrode tip for radiofrequency tissue ablation and electrode having the same |
CN103239291A (en) * | 2012-02-10 | 2013-08-14 | 全明基 | Electrode tip for radiofrequency tissue ablation and electrode having the same |
US9861336B2 (en) | 2012-09-07 | 2018-01-09 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for controlled deployment of needle structures in tissue |
US11583243B2 (en) | 2012-09-07 | 2023-02-21 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for controlled deployment of needle structures in tissue |
US11890134B2 (en) | 2012-09-07 | 2024-02-06 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for controlled deployment of needle structures in tissue |
US10856838B2 (en) | 2012-09-07 | 2020-12-08 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for controlled deployment of needle structures in tissue |
CN103054635A (en) * | 2012-12-13 | 2013-04-24 | 陈为坚 | Cruciate ligament locator |
US11452561B2 (en) | 2013-02-21 | 2022-09-27 | Stryker Corporation | Tissue ablation cannula assembly |
US10159526B2 (en) | 2013-02-21 | 2018-12-25 | Stryker Corporation | Tissue ablation cannula assembly |
JP2016507341A (en) * | 2013-02-21 | 2016-03-10 | ストライカー・コーポレイション | Tissue ablation cannula / electrode assembly selectively operable by one or more active tips |
US11937870B2 (en) | 2013-10-18 | 2024-03-26 | May Health Us Inc. | Methods and systems for the treatment of polycystic ovary syndrome |
US10939955B2 (en) * | 2013-10-18 | 2021-03-09 | AblaCare, Inc. | Methods and systems for the treatment of polycystic ovary syndrome |
US11793564B2 (en) | 2013-10-18 | 2023-10-24 | May Health Us Inc. | Methods and systems for the treatment of polycystic ovary syndrome |
US20200214761A1 (en) * | 2013-10-18 | 2020-07-09 | Ziva Medical, Inc. | Methods and systems for the treatment of polycystic ovary syndrome |
US11045244B2 (en) | 2015-03-31 | 2021-06-29 | AblaCare, Inc. | Methods and systems for the manipulation of ovarian tissues |
US11723718B2 (en) * | 2015-06-02 | 2023-08-15 | Heartlander Surgical, Inc. | Therapy delivery system that operates on the surface of an anatomical entity |
CN106821339A (en) * | 2015-12-07 | 2017-06-13 | 财团法人金属工业研究发展中心 | Thermophysical parameter measurement apparatus and needle body |
US10993770B2 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2021-05-04 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Controlled treatment of tissue and dynamic interaction with, and comparison of, tissue and/or treatment data |
US11419682B2 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2022-08-23 | Gynesonics, Inc. | Controlled treatment of tissue and dynamic interaction with, and comparison of, tissue and/or treatment data |
US20200281621A1 (en) * | 2016-12-16 | 2020-09-10 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Image guided spinal decompression with contralateral oblique view |
US11957320B2 (en) * | 2016-12-16 | 2024-04-16 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Image guided spinal decompression with contralateral oblique view |
US11564736B2 (en) | 2019-01-25 | 2023-01-31 | May Health Sas | Systems and methods for applying energy to ovarian tissue |
US20200289015A1 (en) * | 2019-03-17 | 2020-09-17 | Ryan Bowers | Multi-Retractable Electromyography Needle |
US11633226B2 (en) | 2019-10-28 | 2023-04-25 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | RF electrode cannula |
WO2021086817A1 (en) * | 2019-10-28 | 2021-05-06 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Rf electrode cannula |
US20220175446A1 (en) * | 2020-12-09 | 2022-06-09 | Covidien Lp | Devices, systems, and methods for targeted ablation |
CN113171171A (en) * | 2021-04-29 | 2021-07-27 | 南京诺源医疗器械有限公司 | Multi-head microwave ablation needle and ablation simulation system establishment method |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
IL222965A (en) | 2016-09-29 |
IL247424A0 (en) | 2016-11-30 |
KR101632429B1 (en) | 2016-06-21 |
WO2011146243A1 (en) | 2011-11-24 |
US10966782B2 (en) | 2021-04-06 |
IL222965A0 (en) | 2013-02-03 |
EP2571439A4 (en) | 2014-07-23 |
CA2799505C (en) | 2022-04-12 |
US20170065334A1 (en) | 2017-03-09 |
KR20150031339A (en) | 2015-03-23 |
JP2013526940A (en) | 2013-06-27 |
US20210177502A1 (en) | 2021-06-17 |
AU2011256709B2 (en) | 2013-10-24 |
AU2011256709A1 (en) | 2013-01-10 |
EP2571439B1 (en) | 2020-06-24 |
US20200345411A1 (en) | 2020-11-05 |
CN103025260A (en) | 2013-04-03 |
KR20130094729A (en) | 2013-08-26 |
EP3750501C0 (en) | 2024-03-06 |
BR112012029263B1 (en) | 2022-02-22 |
BR112012029263B8 (en) | 2022-08-02 |
EP3750501B1 (en) | 2024-03-06 |
EP3750501A1 (en) | 2020-12-16 |
CA2799505A1 (en) | 2011-11-24 |
MX2012013280A (en) | 2013-03-05 |
CN103025260B (en) | 2015-05-20 |
EP2571439A1 (en) | 2013-03-27 |
JP2016064152A (en) | 2016-04-28 |
BR112012029263A2 (en) | 2016-07-26 |
HK1183783A1 (en) | 2014-01-10 |
US10716618B2 (en) | 2020-07-21 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10966782B2 (en) | Needles and systems for radiofrequency neurotomy | |
US11806070B2 (en) | Methods and systems for spinal radio frequency neurotomy | |
AU2021202406B2 (en) | Methods and systems for radiofrequency neurotomy | |
AU2017203519A1 (en) | Systems and methods for tissue ablation | |
AU2023229551A1 (en) | Methods and systems for radiofrequency neurotomy |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: NIMBUS CONCEPTS, LLC, COLORADO Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WRIGHT, ROBERT E.;BRANDT, SCOTT A.;REEL/FRAME:027271/0916 Effective date: 20111122 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |